Modified behavior with regard to substrate shield types being inside

a subcell:  A further check is done to see if there are any devices
that interact with the substrate in the shielded area in the same
subcell.  If not, then this is a trivial case where a different
substrate area exists but does not impact the subcell and should be
ignored.  This change prevents some extraction errors where a substrate
area can get isolated because there was an unrelated substrate area
nearby.  Also:  Corrected parsing of "dsubckt" types when reading .ext
files;  this applies to any device where the optional substrate is
omitted.  There are apparently two conflicting methods when a device
doesn't have a substrate:  (1) Output "None" for the substrate, or
(2) don't output anything.  The 2nd method can be detected by counting
the number of arguments on the line in the .ext file.  The extflat/
EFread.c code handles both methods.  ResReadExtFile() now does too,
but probably code should be changed to just use method (1) always.
Also:  Prevented the "tile not visited" error message in "extresist"
from printing duplicate messages for every device associated with the
same tile.  The message can appear when a labeled net has unconnected
regions, and "extract do unique" is not used.

.github/workflows/canary-matrix.yml

@@ -138,6 +138,8 @@ jobs:
           echo "BUILD_GCC_VERSION=$BUILD_GCC_VERSION" >> $GITHUB_ENV
           echo "BUILD_CLANG_VERSION=$BUILD_CLANG_VERSION" >> $GITHUB_ENV
 
+          sudo apt-get update
+
           if [ -n "$BUILD_GCC_VERSION" ]
           then
             GCCV=$BUILD_GCC_VERSION

.github/workflows/main-aarch64.yml

@@ -1,14 +1,12 @@
-# This is a basic workflow to help you get started with Actions
+# CI for native ARM64 Linux build.
 
 name: CI-aarch64
 
-# Controls when the workflow will run
 on:
   push:
   pull_request:
   workflow_dispatch:
 
-# A workflow run is made up of one or more jobs that can run sequentially or in parallel
 jobs:
   simple_build_linux_arm:
     runs-on: ubuntu-24.04-arm
@@ -23,27 +21,3 @@ jobs:
           ./configure
           make database/database.h
           make -j$(nproc)
-  simple_build_wasm_arm:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-24.04-arm
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Get Dependencies
-        run: |
-          git clone https://github.com/emscripten-core/emsdk.git
-          cd emsdk
-          ./emsdk install latest
-          ./emsdk activate latest
-      - name: Build
-        run: |
-          source ./emsdk/emsdk_env.sh
-          emconfigure ./configure --without-cairo --without-opengl --without-x --disable-readline --disable-compression --target=asmjs-unknown-emscripten
-          echo "===== defs.mak ====="
-          cat defs.mak
-          echo "===== defs.mak ====="
-          emmake make
-      - name: archive wasm bundle
-        uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
-        with:
-          name: magic-wasm-bundle-arm
-          path: |
-            ${{ github.workspace }}/magic/magic.wasm

.github/workflows/main-wasm.yml

@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
+name: CI-wasm
+
+# Builds the Magic WebAssembly target (both the non-TCL and TCL variants)
+# on every push and pull request as a CI check. **Publishing** only happens
+# when a release tag of the form <x.y.z>... (optionally v-prefixed) is
+# pushed — the same tag that triggers the AppImage release workflows:
+#
+#   # bump magic/VERSION, commit, push to default branch
+#   git tag 8.3.638
+#   git push origin 8.3.638
+#
+# The tag name (minus any leading "v") provides the base; the workflow appends
+# the commit date and short SHA: 8.3.799 → 8.3.799020261231+git01234cde.
+# Forks publish under their own namespace via the @<owner>/ scope.
+
+on:
+  push:
+  pull_request:
+  workflow_dispatch:
+    inputs:
+      emsdk_version:
+        description: 'emsdk version to build with (default: latest; pin a version number to bisect)'
+        type: string
+        default: 'latest'
+      tcl_ref:
+        description: 'TCL ref to build against (default: auto-resolve latest stable tag). Use a tag like core-9-0-3, a branch, or a commit SHA to bisect a regression.'
+        type: string
+        default: ''
+      tcl_repo_url:
+        description: 'TCL repository URL (default: https://github.com/tcltk/tcl.git)'
+        type: string
+        default: ''
+      dry_run:
+        description: 'Dry run: pack only, do not publish even on tag pushes'
+        type: boolean
+        default: true
+
+# actions/upload-artifact@v5 still runs on Node.js 20. Force Node 24 to
+# silence the deprecation warning until upload-artifact ships a Node-24
+# release. Drop this once upgraded.
+env:
+  FORCE_JAVASCRIPT_ACTIONS_TO_NODE24: true
+
+permissions:
+  contents: read
+  packages: write
+
+jobs:
+  build-wasm:
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
+
+    steps:
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v5
+        with:
+          fetch-depth: 2
+
+      - name: Set up Node.js
+        uses: actions/setup-node@v5
+        with:
+          node-version: '22'
+          registry-url: 'https://npm.pkg.github.com'
+
+      - name: Install emsdk
+        env:
+          # Defaults to latest so CI tracks emsdk HEAD and catches breakage early.
+          # Override via workflow_dispatch to pin a specific version when needed
+          # (e.g. to bisect a regression or verify a post-build.sh patch still applies).
+          EMSDK_VERSION: ${{ github.event.inputs.emsdk_version || 'latest' }}
+        run: |
+          git clone https://github.com/emscripten-core/emsdk.git
+          cd emsdk
+          ./emsdk install "$EMSDK_VERSION"
+          ./emsdk activate "$EMSDK_VERSION"
+
+      # Dump native + emscripten preprocessor defines. Useful for diagnosing
+      # WASM-build differences after an emsdk bump.
+      - name: Emscripten Diagnostic
+        run: |
+          source ./emsdk/emsdk_env.sh
+          echo "===== gcc -dM -E - =====";  echo | gcc  -dM -E - | sort
+          echo "===== g++ -dM -E - =====";  echo | g++  -dM -E - | sort
+          echo "===== emcc -dM -E - ====="; echo | emcc -dM -E - | sort
+          echo "===== em++ -dM -E - ====="; echo | em++ -dM -E - | sort
+
+      # Determine which TCL ref to build against.
+      # Priority: workflow_dispatch input > auto-resolved latest stable tag.
+      # TCL stable releases follow the core-<major>-<even_minor>-<patch>
+      # naming convention; core-9-0-x is the current stable series.
+      # Falls back to main only if no release tags are found at all.
+      - name: Resolve TCL ref
+        id: resolve-tcl
+        env:
+          TCL_REPO_URL: ${{ github.event.inputs.tcl_repo_url || 'https://github.com/tcltk/tcl.git' }}
+          TCL_REF_INPUT: ${{ github.event.inputs.tcl_ref || '' }}
+        run: |
+          if [ -n "$TCL_REF_INPUT" ]; then
+            TCL_REF="$TCL_REF_INPUT"
+            echo "Using workflow_dispatch TCL_REF: $TCL_REF"
+          else
+            TCL_REF=$(git ls-remote --tags --sort=-version:refname "$TCL_REPO_URL" \
+                        'refs/tags/core-9-0-*' \
+                      | grep -v '\^{}' \
+                      | head -1 \
+                      | awk '{print $2}' \
+                      | sed 's|refs/tags/||')
+            if [ -z "$TCL_REF" ]; then
+              TCL_REF=main
+              echo "Warning: no stable core-9-0-x tag found, falling back to main"
+            else
+              echo "Auto-resolved latest stable TCL tag: $TCL_REF"
+            fi
+          fi
+          echo "tcl_ref=$TCL_REF"           >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+          echo "tcl_repo_url=$TCL_REPO_URL" >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+
+      # Clone tcltk/tcl into a sibling directory at the resolved ref.
+      # Done as an explicit step so the exact commit is visible in the job
+      # log. The source tree is read-only — the WASM build runs inside magic.
+      - name: Clone tcltk/tcl
+        env:
+          TCL_REPO_URL: ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_repo_url }}
+          TCL_REF:      ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_ref }}
+        run: |
+          # autocrlf=false: ubuntu-latest is already LF, but make it explicit.
+          git -c core.autocrlf=false clone "$TCL_REPO_URL" ../tcl
+          cd ../tcl
+          git checkout --detach "$TCL_REF"
+          echo "=== TCL commit ==="
+          git log -n1 --format="commit %H%nauthor  %an <%ae>%ndate    %ci%nref     %D%n%n    %s"
+
+      - name: Build WASM — both variants (tcl + notcl)
+        env:
+          TCL_REF:      ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_ref }}
+          TCL_REPO_URL: ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_repo_url }}
+        run: |
+          source ./emsdk/emsdk_env.sh
+          bash npm/build.sh --variant=both
+
+      - name: Run example tests (non-TCL variant)
+        run: cd npm && npm test
+
+      - name: Run full test suite (TCL variant)
+        run: cd npm && npm run test:tcl
+
+      # Dump generated text outputs (.ext, .spice, .cif, …) into the CI log
+      # so a regression in extraction / netlisting / cifoutput is visible
+      # without having to download artifacts. The .gds output is binary —
+      # skip it and just record its size.
+      - name: Display example outputs
+        run: |
+          shopt -s nullglob
+          for dir in npm/examples/output npm/examples/output-tcl; do
+            [ -d "$dir" ] || continue
+            echo "======== $dir ========"
+            for f in "$dir"/*; do
+              name=$(basename "$f")
+              case "$f" in
+                *.gds) echo "===== $name (binary, $(wc -c < "$f") bytes — skipped) =====" ;;
+                *)     echo "===== $name ====="; cat "$f" ;;
+              esac
+            done
+          done
+
+      # The release gate. We publish a new npm version only when a tag of the
+      # shape <x.y.z>... (optionally v-prefixed) is pushed, matching the
+      # AppImage release workflows so one tag releases everything.
+      #
+      # Version scheme (per dmiles' recommendation):
+      #   {MAJOR}.{MINOR}.{PATCH}0{YYYYMMDD}+git{SHORT_SHA}
+      # e.g. 8.3.799 pushed on 2026-12-31 → 8.3.799020261231+git01234cde
+      #
+      # The leading zero between PATCH and date keeps the number readable and
+      # ensures correct numeric ordering: 799020261231 < 800020261231.
+      # Build metadata (+git...) is ignored by npm for comparison but retained
+      # for traceability. Security patches for the 799 series can be inserted
+      # as later dates (799020270101, 799020270201, …) and are matched by the
+      # range <=8.3.799900000000 or <8.3.8000000000000.
+      - name: Determine release version (tag-driven only)
+        id: release
+        run: |
+          date=$(git show -s --format=%cs | tr -d '-')
+          hash=$(git show -s --format=%h)
+          if [ "${{ github.event_name }}" = "push" ] && \
+             echo "${{ github.ref }}" | grep -Eq '^refs/tags/v?[0-9]+\.[0-9]+\.[0-9]+'; then
+            tag="${GITHUB_REF#refs/tags/}"
+            base="${tag#v}"
+            echo "publish=true"                              >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+            echo "version=${base}0${date}+git${hash}"       >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+            echo "Tag release: $tag → npm version ${base}0${date}+git${hash}"
+          else
+            base=$(cat VERSION)
+            echo "publish=false"                             >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+            echo "version=${base}0${date}+git${hash}"       >> "$GITHUB_OUTPUT"
+            echo "Non-tag build: will not publish."
+          fi
+
+      - name: Set package version and scope
+        env:
+          VERSION: ${{ steps.release.outputs.version }}
+        run: |
+          # Scope the package to the repo owner so it lands in the right
+          # GitHub Packages namespace regardless of who hosts the repo.
+          SCOPED_NAME="@${{ github.repository_owner }}/magic-vlsi-wasm"
+          cd npm
+          npm pkg set name="$SCOPED_NAME"
+          npm pkg set publishConfig.registry="https://npm.pkg.github.com"
+          npm version "$VERSION" --no-git-tag-version --allow-same-version
+
+      - name: Pack
+        run: ./npm/pack.sh
+
+      - name: Upload tarball as artifact
+        uses: actions/upload-artifact@v5
+        with:
+          name: magic-vlsi-wasm-npm
+          path: npm/*.tgz
+
+      - name: Publish to GitHub Packages
+        if: steps.release.outputs.publish == 'true' && github.event.inputs.dry_run != 'true'
+        run: cd npm && npm publish
+        env:
+          NODE_AUTH_TOKEN: ${{ secrets.GITHUB_TOKEN }}
+
+      # Write a Markdown summary visible next to the artifacts on the Actions
+      # page. Captures the exact versions used so a future regression can be
+      # bisected without scrolling through raw logs.
+      - name: Build summary
+        if: always()
+        env:
+          TCL_REF:      ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_ref }}
+          TCL_REPO_URL: ${{ steps.resolve-tcl.outputs.tcl_repo_url }}
+        run: |
+          source ./emsdk/emsdk_env.sh 2>/dev/null || true
+          EMCC_VER=$(emcc --version 2>/dev/null | head -1 || echo "unavailable")
+          GCC_VER=$(gcc  --version 2>/dev/null | head -1 || echo "unavailable")
+          NODE_VER=$(node --version 2>/dev/null || echo "unavailable")
+          MAGIC_VER=$(cat VERSION 2>/dev/null || echo "unavailable")
+          if [ -d ../tcl/.git ]; then
+            TCL_SHA=$(cd ../tcl && git rev-parse HEAD)
+            TCL_DATE=$(cd ../tcl && git log -1 --format="%ci")
+            TCL_SUBJECT=$(cd ../tcl && git log -1 --format="%s")
+          else
+            TCL_SHA="(not cloned)"; TCL_DATE=""; TCL_SUBJECT=""
+          fi
+          printf '## Build info\n\n'                                   >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| Component | Details |\n'                          >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '|-----------|----------|\n'                         >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| Magic | `%s` |\n'       "$MAGIC_VER"             >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| Emscripten | %s |\n'    "$EMCC_VER"              >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| GCC | %s |\n'           "$GCC_VER"               >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| Node.js | %s |\n'       "$NODE_VER"              >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| TCL repo | %s |\n'      "$TCL_REPO_URL"          >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| TCL ref | `%s` |\n'     "$TCL_REF"               >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| TCL commit | `%s` |\n'  "$TCL_SHA"               >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| TCL date | %s |\n'      "$TCL_DATE"              >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"
+          printf '| TCL subject | %s |\n'   "$TCL_SUBJECT"           >> "$GITHUB_STEP_SUMMARY"

.github/workflows/main.yml

@@ -1,61 +1,21 @@
-# This is a basic workflow to help you get started with Actions
-
 name: CI
 
-# Controls when the workflow will run
 on:
   push:
   pull_request:
   workflow_dispatch:
 
-# A workflow run is made up of one or more jobs that can run sequentially or in parallel
 jobs:
-  vezzal:
-    # The type of runner that the job will run on
-    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
-    # Steps represent a sequence of tasks that will be executed as part of the job
-    steps:
-      - name: Pulling the docker image
-        run: docker pull vezzal/vezzal:v1
-
-      - name: Start the container with the docker image
-        run: docker run -id --name test_magic vezzal/vezzal:v1 bash | exit
-
-      - name: Run the testing on the container and send the mail
-        run: docker exec test_magic /vezzal/test_magic.sh "lankasaicharan123@gmail.com,tim@opencircuitdesign.com" ${{secrets.MAILING_KEY}}
   simple_build_linux:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
+    runs-on: ubuntu-latest
     steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
+      - uses: actions/checkout@v5
       - name: Get Dependencies
         run: |
+          sudo apt-get update
           sudo apt-get install -y tcl-dev tk-dev libcairo-dev
       - name: Build
         run: |
           ./configure
           make database/database.h
           make -j$(nproc)
-  simple_build_wasm:
-    runs-on: ubuntu-22.04
-    steps:
-      - uses: actions/checkout@v4
-      - name: Get Dependencies
-        run: |
-          git clone https://github.com/emscripten-core/emsdk.git
-          cd emsdk
-          ./emsdk install latest
-          ./emsdk activate latest
-      - name: Build
-        run: |
-          source ./emsdk/emsdk_env.sh
-          emconfigure ./configure --without-cairo --without-opengl --without-x --disable-readline --disable-compression --target=asmjs-unknown-emscripten
-          echo "===== defs.mak ====="
-          cat defs.mak
-          echo "===== defs.mak ====="
-          emmake make
-      - name: archive wasm bundle
-        uses: actions/upload-artifact@v4
-        with:
-          name: magic-wasm-bundle
-          path: |
-            ${{ github.workspace }}/magic/magic.wasm

.gitignore

@@ -1,19 +1,33 @@
+# Autoconf / configure outputs
 defs.mak
-*/Depend
+!toolchains/emscripten/defs.mak
 config.cache
 config.log
 scripts/config.log
 scripts/config.status
 scripts/defs.mak
-.*.swp
-*.o
-*.so
-*~
-scmos/cif_template/objs/*
-database/database.h
 install.log
-magic/proto.magicrc
 make.log
+reconfigure.sh
+
+# Compiled objects / libraries
+*.o
+*.a
+*.so
+*/Depend
+database/database.h
+
+# Editor / OS cruft
+.*.swp
+.*.swo
+*~
+.DS_Store
+.vscode/
+.idea/
+
+# Magic runtime-generated files
+magic/proto.magicrc
+scmos/cif_template/objs/*
 scmos/gdsquery.tech
 scmos/minimum.tech
 scmos/scmos-sub.tech
@@ -21,14 +35,29 @@ scmos/scmos-tm.tech
 scmos/scmos.tech
 scmos/scmosWR.tech
 scmos/nmos.tech
+
+# Native build artifacts
+magic/magic
+magic/tclmagic.dylib
 tcltk/magic.sh
 tcltk/magic.tcl
 tcltk/magicdnull
 tcltk/magicexec
 tcltk/ext2spice.sh
 tcltk/ext2sim.sh
-magic/tclmagic.dylib
 tcltk/magicdnull.dSYM/
 tcltk/magicexec.dSYM/
-reconfigure.sh
 pfx/
+
+# WASM build artifacts
+magic/magic.js
+magic/magic.js.symbols
+magic/magic.symbols
+magic/magic.wasm
+build-tcl-wasm/
+net2ir/net2ir
+net2ir/net2ir.js
+net2ir/net2ir.wasm
+
+# Generated test output
+npm/examples/output/

VERSION

@@ -1 +1 @@
-8.3.615
+8.3.664

calma/CalmaRdcl.c

@@ -789,8 +789,8 @@ calmaElementSref(
     char *filename)
 {
     int nbytes, rtype, cols, rows, nref, n, i, savescale;
-    int xlo, ylo, xhi, yhi, xsep, ysep;
+    int xlo, ylo, xhi, yhi, xsep, ysep, angle;
-    bool madeinst = FALSE;
+    bool madeinst = FALSE, rotated = FALSE;
     char *sname = NULL;
     bool isArray = FALSE;
     bool dolookahead = FALSE;
@@ -990,6 +990,14 @@ calmaElementSref(
 	refarray[2].p_x = refarray[2].p_y = 0;
     }
 
+    /* If the array is given an angle, then the meaning of rows and
+     * columns needs to be swapped for the purpose of ignoring
+     * X or Y values in the case of a 1-row or 1-column entry.
+     */
+    angle = GeoTransAngle(&trans, 0);
+    if ((angle == 90) || (angle == 270) || (angle == -90) || (angle == -270))
+	rotated = TRUE;
+
     /* If this is a cell reference, then we scale to magic coordinates
      * and place the cell in the magic database.  However, if this is
      * a cell to be flattened a la "gds flatten", then we keep the GDS
@@ -1000,6 +1008,7 @@ calmaElementSref(
      * is problematic, and probably incorrect.
      */
 
+  
     for (n = 0; n < nref; n++)
     {
 	savescale = calmaReadScale1;
@@ -1011,17 +1020,17 @@ calmaElementSref(
 	 * them as needed.
 	 */
 
-	if ((n > 0) && (rows == 1))
+	if ((n > 0) && ((!rotated && (rows == 1)) || (rotated && (cols == 1))))
 	{
 	    calmaReadX(&refarray[n], 1);
 	    calmaSkipBytes(4);
-	    refarray[n].p_y = 0;
+	    refarray[n].p_y = refarray[0].p_y;
 	}
-	else if ((n > 0) && (cols == 1))
+	else if ((n > 0) && ((!rotated && (cols == 1)) || (rotated && (rows == 1))))
 	{
 	    calmaSkipBytes(4);
 	    calmaReadY(&refarray[n], 1);
-	    refarray[n].p_x = 0;
+	    refarray[n].p_x = refarray[0].p_x;
 	}
 	else
 	    calmaReadPoint(&refarray[n], 1);

calma/CalmaRdpt.c

@@ -537,7 +537,6 @@ calmaElementPath(void)
     int layer, dt, width, pathtype, ciftype, savescale;
     int xmin, ymin, xmax, ymax, temp;
     CIFPath *pathheadp, *pathp, *previousp;
-    Rect segment;
     Plane *plane;
     int first,last;
     CellUse *use;

calma/CalmaRead.c

@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ bool CalmaUnique = FALSE;		/* If TRUE, then if a cell exists in
 extern bool CalmaDoLibrary;		/* Also used by GDS write */
 
 extern void calmaUnexpected(int wanted, int got);
-extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
+extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def, ClientData cdata);	/* UNUSED */
 
 /*
  * Scaling.

calma/CalmaWrite.c

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ typedef struct {
 } calmaOutputStruct;
 
     /* Forward declarations */
-extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
+extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def, ClientData cdata);	/* UNUSED */
 extern int calmaWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
 extern int calmaMergePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, calmaOutputStruct *cos);
 extern int calmaWriteUseFunc(CellUse *use, FILE *f);
@@ -822,9 +822,11 @@ done:
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
 calmaWriteInitFunc(
-    CellDef *def)
+    CellDef *def,
+    ClientData cdata)	/* UNUSED */
 {
     def->cd_client = (ClientData) 0;
     return (0);

calma/CalmaWriteZ.c

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ extern int calmaPaintLayerNumber;
 extern int calmaPaintLayerType;
 
     /* External functions from CalmaWrite.c */
-extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
+extern int calmaWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def, ClientData cdata);	/* UNUSED */
 
 /* Structure used by calmaWritePaintFuncZ() and others */
 

cif/CIFgen.c

@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include <stdlib.h>             /* for abs() */
 #include <math.h>		/* for ceil() and sqrt() */
 #include <ctype.h>
+#include <string.h>		/* for strcmp() */
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
@@ -4116,7 +4117,7 @@ cifSrTiles(
  *	one or more times for the planes being used in processing
  *	where the CIF search should be conducted over "area" scaled
  *	to CIF units, rather than the entire plane.  Currently used 
- *	only for operator CIFOP_INTERACT.
+ *	only for operators CIFOP_INTERACT and CIFOP_TAGGED.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns the value returned by the function.
@@ -4170,12 +4171,21 @@ cifSrTiles2(
     }
 
     cifScale = 1;
-    for (t = 0; t < TT_MAXTYPES; t++, temps++)
+    if (TTMaskIsZero(&cifOp->co_cifMask) && TTMaskIsZero(&cifOp->co_paintMask))
-	if (TTMaskHasType(&cifOp->co_cifMask, t))
+    {
-	    if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, *temps, area,
+	/* Current CIF plane is in *temps */
+	if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, *temps, area,
 			&CIFSolidBits, func, (ClientData)cdArg))
-		return 1;
+	    return 1;
-
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	for (t = 0; t < TT_MAXTYPES; t++, temps++)
+	    if (TTMaskHasType(&cifOp->co_cifMask, t))
+		if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, *temps, area,
+			&CIFSolidBits, func, (ClientData)cdArg))
+		    return 1;
+    }
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -5044,6 +5054,47 @@ cifInteractingRegions(
     }
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * cifCopyPropPlaneFunc --
+ *
+ * 	Copy the contents of a plane saved as a plane-type property into the
+ *	current CIF plane.  The property plane is in magic internal
+ *	coordinates, so each tile needs to be scaled and redrawn into the
+ *	current CIF plane.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Zero to keep the search going
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Copies translated geometry into the target plane.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+cifCopyPropPlaneFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    Plane *curPlane)
+{
+    Rect bbox;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &bbox);
+
+    cifScale = (CIFCurStyle) ? CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor : 1;
+
+    bbox.r_xbot *= cifScale;
+    bbox.r_ybot *= cifScale;
+    bbox.r_xtop *= cifScale;
+    bbox.r_ytop *= cifScale;
+
+    cifScale = 1;
+    DBNMPaintPlane(curPlane, CIF_SOLIDTYPE, &bbox,
+		CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -5095,12 +5146,13 @@ CIFGenLayer(
     CIFSquaresInfo csi;
     SearchContext scx;
     TileType ttype;
-    char *netname;
+    char *netname, *text;
+    Label *label;
     BloatStruct bls;
     BridgeStruct brs;
     BridgeLimStruct brlims;
     BridgeData *bridge;
-    BloatData *bloats;
+    BloatData *bloats, locbloat;
     bool hstop = FALSE;
     PropertyRecord *proprec;
     char *propvalue;
@@ -5411,7 +5463,6 @@ CIFGenLayer(
 
 	        if (bloats->bl_plane < 0)   /* Bloat types are CIF types */
 	        {
-		    bls.temps = temps;
 		    for (ttype = 0; ttype < TT_MAXTYPES; ttype++, bls.temps++)
 			if (bloats->bl_distance[ttype] > 0)
 			    (void) DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, *bls.temps, &TiPlaneRect,
@@ -5419,9 +5470,12 @@ CIFGenLayer(
 				    (ClientData)NULL);
 	        }
 	        else
+		{
+		    TTMaskSetMask(&bls.connect, &op->co_paintMask);
 		    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, cellDef->cd_planes[bloats->bl_plane],
 			    &TiPlaneRect, &bls.connect, cifProcessResetFunc,
 			    (ClientData)NULL);
+		}
 
 		break;
 
@@ -5560,6 +5614,149 @@ CIFGenLayer(
 		}
 		break;
 
+	    case CIFOP_TAGGED:
+		if (hier)
+		{
+		    hstop = TRUE;	/* Stop hierarchical processing */
+		    break;
+		}
+
+		/*
+		 * Find all relevant labels by text matching and then continue
+		 * like CIFOP_BLOATALL.  CIFOP_BLOATALL uses a BloatData record
+		 * which is not part of CIFOP_TAGGED.  Create a BloatData record
+		 * on the fly for each tagged area based on type, and swap it for
+		 * the text, so that cifBloatAllFunc believes this is actually a
+		 * CIFOP_BLOATALL operation.  Note that we don't actually care
+		 * what layer the label is attached to (lab_type).  We are looking
+		 * for labels whose lab_rect values overlap the types that are given
+		 * in the rule.
+		 */
+
+		cifPlane = curPlane;
+		bls.op = op;
+		bls.def = cellDef;
+		bls.temps = temps;
+
+		text = (char *)op->co_client;
+
+	        bloats = &locbloat;
+		if (!TTMaskIsZero(&op->co_cifMask))
+		{
+		    bloats->bl_plane = -1;
+		    for (ttype = 0; ttype < TT_MAXTYPES; ttype++)
+		    {
+			if (TTMaskHasType(&op->co_cifMask, ttype))
+		    	    bloats->bl_distance[ttype] = 1;
+			else
+		    	    bloats->bl_distance[ttype] = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+		else if (!TTMaskIsZero(&op->co_paintMask))
+		{
+		    int plane, pmask;
+		    pmask = DBTechTypesToPlanes(&op->co_paintMask);
+		    for (plane = PL_TECHDEPBASE; plane < DBNumPlanes; plane++)
+			if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pmask, plane))
+			    break;
+		    bloats->bl_plane = plane;
+		    for (ttype = 0; ttype < TT_MAXTYPES; ttype++)
+		    {
+			if (TTMaskHasType(&op->co_paintMask, ttype))
+		    	    bloats->bl_distance[ttype] = 1;
+			else
+		    	    bloats->bl_distance[ttype] = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    /* Operate on the existing plane. */
+
+		    bloats->bl_distance[0] = 1;
+		    for (ttype = 1; ttype < TT_MAXTYPES; ttype++)
+			bloats->bl_distance[ttype] = 0;
+
+		    bloats->bl_plane = -1;
+		    bls.temps = &curPlane;
+
+		    DBClearPaintPlane(nextPlane);
+		    cifPlane = nextPlane;
+		}
+
+		/* Replace the client data with the bloat record */
+		op->co_client = (ClientData)bloats;
+
+	        if (bloats->bl_plane < 0)
+	        {
+		   /* bl_plane == -1 indicates bloating into a CIF templayer,	*/
+		   /* so the only connecting type should be CIF_SOLIDTYPE.	*/
+		   TTMaskSetOnlyType(&bls.connect, CIF_SOLIDTYPE);
+	        }
+	        else
+	        {
+		    int i;
+		    TTMaskZero(&bls.connect);
+		    for (i = 0; i < TT_MAXTYPES; i++)
+			if (bloats->bl_distance[i] != 0)
+			  TTMaskSetType(&bls.connect, i);
+	        }
+
+		for (label = cellDef->cd_labels; label; label = label->lab_next)
+		{
+		    if (!strcmp(label->lab_text, text))
+		    {
+			Rect labr = label->lab_rect;
+
+			/* Since cifSrTiles2() searches over an area, the
+			 * area must not be degenerate.
+			 */
+			if (labr.r_xbot == labr.r_xtop)
+			{
+			    labr.r_xbot--;
+			    labr.r_xtop++;
+			}
+			if (labr.r_ybot == labr.r_ytop)
+			{
+			    labr.r_ybot--;
+			    labr.r_ytop++;
+			}
+			cifSrTiles2(op, &labr, cellDef, bls.temps,
+				cifBloatAllFunc, (ClientData)&bls);
+		    }
+		}
+
+	        /* Reset marked tiles */
+
+	        if (bloats->bl_plane < 0)   /* Bloat types are CIF types */
+	        {
+		    for (ttype = 0; ttype < TT_MAXTYPES; ttype++, bls.temps++)
+			if (bloats->bl_distance[ttype] > 0)
+			    (void) DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, *bls.temps, &TiPlaneRect,
+				    &CIFSolidBits, cifProcessResetFunc,
+				    (ClientData)NULL);
+	        }
+	        else
+		{
+		    TTMaskSetMask(&bls.connect, &op->co_paintMask);
+		    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, cellDef->cd_planes[bloats->bl_plane],
+			    &TiPlaneRect, &bls.connect, cifProcessResetFunc,
+			    (ClientData)NULL);
+		}
+
+		/* Replace the client data */
+		op->co_client = (ClientData)text;
+
+		/* If operating on the current plane, swap the current
+		 * and next planes.
+		 */
+		if (TTMaskIsZero(&op->co_cifMask) && TTMaskIsZero(&op->co_paintMask))
+		{
+		    temp = curPlane;
+		    curPlane = nextPlane;
+		    nextPlane = temp;
+		}
+		break;
+
 	    case CIFOP_BOUNDARY:
 		if (hier)
 		{
@@ -5646,6 +5843,7 @@ CIFGenLayer(
 		    int n;
 		    char propname[512];
 		    char *layername = (char *)op->co_client;
+		    Tile *t;
 
 		    snprintf(propname, 512, "MASKHINTS_%s", layername);
 		    
@@ -5653,30 +5851,11 @@ CIFGenLayer(
 		    proprec = DBPropGet(cellDef, propname, &found);
 		    if (!found) break;	    /* No mask hints available */
 
-		    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION)
+		    ASSERT (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE, "CIFGenLayer");
-		    {
+		    t = PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
-			for (n = 0; n < proprec->prop_len; n += 4)
+		    DBSrPaintArea(t, proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
-			{
+				&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits,
-			    if ((n + 3) >= proprec->prop_len) break;
+				cifCopyPropPlaneFunc, (ClientData)curPlane);
-
-			    cifPlane = curPlane;
-			    cifScale = (CIFCurStyle) ? CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor : 1;
-
-			    bbox.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n];
-			    bbox.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n + 1];
-			    bbox.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n + 2];
-			    bbox.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n + 3];
-
-			    bbox.r_xbot *= cifScale;
-			    bbox.r_ybot *= cifScale;
-			    bbox.r_xtop *= cifScale;
-			    bbox.r_ytop *= cifScale;
-
-			    cifScale = 1;
-			    DBNMPaintPlane(curPlane, CIF_SOLIDTYPE, &bbox,
-					CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
-			}
-		    }
 		}
 		break;
 

cif/CIFhier.c

@@ -209,16 +209,52 @@ typedef struct _maskHintsData
 {
     Transform *mh_trans;
     CellDef *mh_def;
+    Plane *mh_plane;
 } MaskHintsData;
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * cifCopyMaskHintFunc --
+ *
+ *	Callback function used by cifFlatMaskHints.  Transforms a tile
+ *	from the original plane and paints it into the target plane,
+ *	both of which are properties.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Zero to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Paints geometry into the target plane.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+cifCopyMaskHintFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata)
+{
+    MaskHintsData *mhd = (MaskHintsData *)cdata;
+    Rect r, newr;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+
+    /* Transform tile area to coordinates of mhd->mh_plane and paint */
+    GeoTransRect(mhd->mh_trans, &r, &newr);
+    DBPaintPlane(mhd->mh_plane, &newr, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * cifFlatMaskHints --
  *
  *	Copy a mask hint into a flattened cell by transforming it into the
- *	coordinate system of the flattened cell, and adding it to the
+ *	coordinate system of the flattened cell, and painting it into the
- *	property list of the flattened cell.
+ *	property plane of the flattened cell.
  *
  * Returns:
  *	0 to keep the search going.
@@ -240,6 +276,7 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
     bool propfound;
     int i, lastlen, numvals;
     PropertyRecord *newproprec, *oldproprec;
+    Plane *plane;
 
     if (!strncmp(name, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
     {
@@ -247,53 +284,24 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
 	oldproprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(mhd->mh_def, name, &propfound);
 	if (propfound)
 	{
-	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+	    ASSERT(oldproprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE,
-			(oldproprec->prop_len + proprec->prop_len - 2) * sizeof(int));
+			"cifFlatMaskHints");
-	    newproprec->prop_len = oldproprec->prop_len + proprec->prop_len;
+	    plane = oldproprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
-	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
-			(proprec->prop_len - 2) * sizeof(int));
+	    newproprec->prop_len = 0; 	/* (unused) */
-	    newproprec->prop_len = proprec->prop_len;
+	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
-	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+	    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+	    DBPropPut(mhd->mh_def, name, newproprec);
 	}
 
-	for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i += 4)
+	mhd->mh_plane = plane;
-	{
+	DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
-	    /* There should be a multiple of 4 values but avoid an array overrun
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits,
-	     * if not.
+			cifCopyMaskHintFunc, (ClientData)mhd);
-	     */
-	    if ((i + 3) >= proprec->prop_len)
-	    {
-		TxError("MASKHINTS_%s:  Expected 4 values, found only %d\n",
-				name + 10, numvals);
-		break;
-	    }
-
-	    r.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-	    r.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1];
-	    r.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 2];
-	    r.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 3];
-
-	    /* Transform rectangle to top level coordinates */
-	    GeoTransRect(mhd->mh_trans, &r, &newr);
-
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i] = newr.r_xbot;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1] = newr.r_ybot;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 2] = newr.r_xtop;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 3] = newr.r_ytop;
-	}
-
-	/* If there were existing entries, copy them into the new property */
-	if (propfound)
-	{
-	    for (i = 0; i < oldproprec->prop_len; i++)
-		newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + proprec->prop_len] =
-			oldproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-	}
-	DBPropPut(mhd->mh_def, name, newproprec);
     }
     return 0;
 }
@@ -304,9 +312,10 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
  * CIFCopyMaskHints --
  *
  *	Callback function to copy mask hints from one cell into another.
+ *	(Occasionally called as a standalone function, not as a callback.)
  * 
  * Results:
- *	None.
+ *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
  * Side effects:
  *	May modify properties in the target cell.
@@ -314,7 +323,7 @@ cifFlatMaskHints(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
-void
+int
 CIFCopyMaskHints(
     SearchContext *scx,
     CellDef *targetDef)
@@ -324,38 +333,9 @@ CIFCopyMaskHints(
     CellDef *sourceDef = scx->scx_use->cu_def;
     mhd.mh_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
     mhd.mh_def = targetDef;
+    mhd.mh_plane = (Plane *)NULL;
 
     DBPropEnum(sourceDef, cifFlatMaskHints, &mhd);
-}
-
-/*
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * cifHierCopyMaskHints --
- *
- *	Callback function to copy mask hints from a subcell into a flattened
- *	cell, which is passed in the clientData record.
- * 
- * Results:
- *	Always returns 0 to keep the search alive.
- *
- * Side effects:
- *	May modify properties in the flattened cell.
- *
- * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
- */
-
-int
-cifHierCopyMaskHints(
-    SearchContext *scx,
-    ClientData clientData)
-{
-    MaskHintsData mhd;
-
-    mhd.mh_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
-    mhd.mh_def = (CellDef *)clientData;
-
-    DBPropEnum(scx->scx_use->cu_def, cifFlatMaskHints, &mhd);
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -480,7 +460,7 @@ cifHierCellFunc(
 
     /* Flatten mask hints in the area of interest */
     CIFCopyMaskHints(scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&newscx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&newscx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
 		(ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     /* Set CIFErrorDef to NULL to ignore errors here... these will
@@ -755,8 +735,10 @@ CIFGenSubcells(
 
     /* This routine can take a long time, so use the display
      * timer to force a 5-second progress check (like is done
-     * with extract)
+     * with extract).  Save and restore GrDisplayStatus so that
+     * a headless (DISPLAY_SUSPEND) build isn't left in DISPLAY_IDLE.
      */
+    unsigned char savedDisplayStatus = GrDisplayStatus;
     GrDisplayStatus = DISPLAY_IN_PROGRESS;
     SigSetTimer(5);			/* Print at 5-second intervals */
     cuts = 0;
@@ -808,7 +790,7 @@ CIFGenSubcells(
 		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFTotalDef);
 	    /* Flatten mask hints in the area of interest */
     	    CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFTotalDef);
-	    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+	    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 	(ClientData)CIFTotalDef);
 
 	    CIFErrorDef = def;
@@ -881,7 +863,7 @@ CIFGenSubcells(
 
     CIFHierTileOps += CIFTileOps - oldTileOps;
 
-    GrDisplayStatus = DISPLAY_IDLE;
+    GrDisplayStatus = savedDisplayStatus;
     SigRemoveTimer();
 
     UndoEnable();
@@ -986,14 +968,14 @@ cifHierElementFunc(
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &CIFCurStyle->cs_yankLayers, 0,
 	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFTotalDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFTotalDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFTotalDef);
 
     DBCellClearDef(CIFComponentDef);
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &CIFCurStyle->cs_yankLayers, 0,
 	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     CIFErrorDef = (CellDef *) NULL;

cif/CIFint.h

@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ typedef struct cifop
  * CIFOP_BRIDGELIM -	Added 27/07/20---Bridge across catecorner gaps, but with limiting layers
  * CIFOP_MASKHINTS -	Added 12/14/20---Add geometry from cell properties, if any.
  * CIFOP_NOTSQUARE -	Added 2/26/26---Keep only geometry which is not square.
+ * CIFOP_TAGGED -	Added 3/11/26---Find geometry attached to the given text label
  */
 
 #define CIFOP_AND	1
@@ -174,6 +175,7 @@ typedef struct cifop
 #define CIFOP_BRIDGELIM 24
 #define CIFOP_MASKHINTS 25
 #define CIFOP_NOTSQUARE 26
+#define CIFOP_TAGGED    27
 
 /* Definitions of bit fields used in the value of co_client for CIFOP_INTERACT */
 #define CIFOP_INT_NOT	   0x1		/* Inverted sense (not interacting) */
@@ -338,9 +340,8 @@ extern Plane *CIFGenLayer(CIFOp *op, const Rect *area, CellDef *cellDef, CellDef
                           bool hier, ClientData clientdata);
 extern void CIFInitCells(void);
 extern int cifHierCopyFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, TreeContext *cxp);
-extern int cifHierCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, ClientData clientData);
 extern void CIFLoadStyle(char *stylename);
-extern void CIFCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, CellDef *targetDef);
+extern int CIFCopyMaskHints(SearchContext *scx, CellDef *targetDef);
 
 /* C99 compat */
 extern void CIFCoverageLayer(CellDef *rootDef, Rect *area, char *layer, bool dolist);

cif/CIFrdcl.c

@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 	CIFOp *op;
 
 	plane = CIFGenLayer(cifCurReadStyle->crs_layers[i]->crl_ops,
-	    &TiPlaneRect, (CellDef *)NULL, (CellDef *)NULL,
+	    &TiPlaneRect, cifReadCellDef, cifReadCellDef,
 	    cifCurReadPlanes, FALSE, (ClientData)NULL);
 
 	/* Generate a paint/erase table, then paint from the CIF
@@ -718,6 +718,9 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 			&DBAllButSpaceBits, cifCheckPaintFunc,
 			(ClientData)NULL) == 1))
 		{
+		    /* (To do:  remove the linked Rects and paint directly
+		     * into the plane in cifMaskHintFunc())
+		     */
 		    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, plane, &TiPlaneRect,
 				&CIFSolidBits, cifMaskHintFunc,
 				(ClientData)&lrec);
@@ -728,30 +731,29 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 			char *propname, *layername;
 			int proplen, i, savescale;
 			bool origfound = FALSE;
+			Plane *plane;
 	
 			layername = (char *)op->co_client;
 		    	propname = (char *)mallocMagic(11 + strlen(layername));
 		    	sprintf(propname, "MASKHINTS_%s", layername);
 	
-		    	/* Turn all linked Rects into a mask-hints property in the
+			/* If there is already a mask hint plane for this layer,
-			 * target cell.
+			 * then add to it;  otherwise, create a new plane.
 			 */
-			proplen = 0;
+			proprec = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, layername, &origfound);
-			for (lsrch = lrec; lsrch; lsrch = lsrch->r_next)
+			if (origfound)
-			    proplen += 4;
+			    plane = proprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
+			else
+			{
+			    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
+					sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+			    proprec->prop_len = 0;	/* (unused) */
+			    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+			    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
+			}
 
-			/* If there is already a mask hint for this layer, then
-			 * prepend to its data.
-			 */
-			proporig = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, layername, &origfound);
-			if (origfound) proplen += proporig->prop_len;
-
-			proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) *
-					(proplen - 2) * sizeof(int));
-			proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
-			proprec->prop_len = proplen;
-
-			proplen = 0;
 		    	while (lrec != NULL)
 		    	{
 			    lrec->r_r.r_xtop =
@@ -787,29 +789,14 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 					(savescale / cifCurReadStyle->crs_scaleFactor);
 			    }
 
-			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen] =
+			    DBPaintPlane(plane, &lrec->r_r, CIFPaintTable,
-					lrec->r_r.r_xbot;
+					(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
-			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 1] =
-					lrec->r_r.r_ybot;
-			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 2] =
-					lrec->r_r.r_xtop;
-			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 3] =
-					lrec->r_r.r_ytop;
 	
 			    free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 			    freeMagic1(&mm1, lrec);
 			    lrec = lrec->r_next;
 			    freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
-	
-			    proplen += 4;
 			}
-
-			if (origfound)
-			    for (i = 0; i < proporig->prop_len; i++)
-				proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen++] =
-					proporig->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-
-			DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
 		    	freeMagic(propname);
 		    }
 		}
@@ -926,7 +913,9 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 			(CellDef *)NULL, CIFPlanes, FALSE, (ClientData)NULL);
 
 	    /* Scan the resulting plane and generate linked Rect structures for
-	     * each shape found.
+	     * each shape found.  (To do:  Remove the linked Rects and paint
+	     * directly into the plane in cifMaskHintFunc(), which is more
+	     * efficient but not hugely so.)
 	     */
 	    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, presult, &TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits,
 			cifMaskHintFunc, (ClientData)&lrec);
@@ -934,44 +923,45 @@ CIFPaintCurrent(
 	    if (lrec != NULL)
 	    {
 		PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		bool propfound;
 		char *propname;
-		int proplen;
+		Plane *plane;
 
 	    	propname = (char *)mallocMagic(11 + strlen(cifReadLayers[i]));
 	    	sprintf(propname, "MASKHINTS_%s", cifReadLayers[i]);
 
-	    	/* Turn all linked Rects into a mask-hints property in the
+	    	/* Paint all linked Rects into a mask-hints property plane
-		 * target cell.
+		 * in the target cell.
 		 */
-		proplen = 0;
-		for (lsrch = lrec; lsrch; lsrch = lsrch->r_next)
-		    proplen += 4;
 
-		proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) *
+		proprec = DBPropGet(cifReadCellDef, propname, &propfound);
-				(proplen - 2) * sizeof(int));
+		if (!propfound)
-		proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+		{
-		proprec->prop_len = proplen;
+		    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+		    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+		    proprec->prop_len = 0;	/* (unused) */
+		    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+		    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+		    DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
+		}
+		else
+		    plane = proprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
 
-		proplen = 0;
 	    	while (lrec != NULL)
 	    	{
-		    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen] =
+		    lrec->r_r.r_xbot /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-				lrec->r_r.r_xbot / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
+		    lrec->r_r.r_ybot /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-		    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 1] =
+		    lrec->r_r.r_xtop /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-				lrec->r_r.r_ybot / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
+		    lrec->r_r.r_ytop /= CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
-		    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 2] =
+
-				lrec->r_r.r_xtop / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
+		    DBPaintPlane(plane, &lrec->r_r, CIFPaintTable,
-		    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[proplen + 3] =
+				(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
-				lrec->r_r.r_ytop / CIFCurStyle->cs_scaleFactor;
 
 		    free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 		    freeMagic1(&mm1, lrec);
 		    lrec = lrec->r_next;
 		    freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
-
-		    proplen += 4;
 		}
-		DBPropPut(cifReadCellDef, propname, proprec);
 	    	freeMagic(propname);
 	    }
 
@@ -1796,8 +1786,8 @@ CIFReadCellCleanup(
     }
 
     /* Do geometrical processing on the top-level cell. */
+    if (filetype == FILE_CIF) CIFPaintCurrent(filetype);
 
-    CIFPaintCurrent(FILE_CIF);
     DBAdjustLabels(EditCellUse->cu_def, &TiPlaneRect);
     DBReComputeBbox(EditCellUse->cu_def);
     DBWAreaChanged(EditCellUse->cu_def, &EditCellUse->cu_def->cd_bbox,

cif/CIFrdpt.c

@@ -462,9 +462,22 @@ CIFPaintWirePath(
 		/* Wire reverses direction.  Break wire here,	*/
 		/* draw, and start new polygon.			*/
 
-		TxError("Warning: direction reversal in path at (%d, %d).\n",
+		/* Check first if last point and current point	*/
-				pathp->cifp_x, pathp->cifp_y);
+		/* are the same, in which case a different	*/
+		/* message should be issued (and possibly	*/
+		/* should be handled differently?)		*/
 
+		if (previousp && previousp->cifp_x == pathp->cifp_x
+			&& previousp->cifp_y == pathp->cifp_y)
+		{
+		    TxError("Warning: duplicate point in path at (%d, %d).\n",
+				pathp->cifp_x / 2, pathp->cifp_y / 2);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    TxError("Warning: direction reversal in path at (%d, %d).\n",
+				pathp->cifp_x / 2, pathp->cifp_y / 2);
+		}
 		phi = theta;
 		if (endcap)
 		{

cif/CIFrdtech.c

@@ -332,7 +332,8 @@ cifNewReadStyle(void)
 		free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 		for (op = layer->crl_ops; op != NULL; op = op->co_next)
 		{
-		    if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS)
+		    if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS ||
+				op->co_opcode == CIFOP_TAGGED)
 			freeMagic((char *)op->co_client);
 		    freeMagic1(&mm1, (char *)op);
 		}
@@ -998,6 +999,8 @@ CIFReadTechLine(
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_NOTSQUARE;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "mask-hints") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_MASKHINTS;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "tagged") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_TAGGED;
     else
     {
 	TechError("Unknown statement \"%s\".\n", argv[0]);
@@ -1028,6 +1031,12 @@ CIFReadTechLine(
             if (argc != 2) goto wrongNumArgs;
             newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
             break;
+        case CIFOP_TAGGED:
+            if ((argc != 2) && (argc != 3)) goto wrongNumArgs;
+            newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
+	    if (argc == 3)
+		CIFParseReadLayers(argv[2], &newOp->co_cifMask, TRUE);
+            break;
     }
 
     /* Link the new CIFOp onto the list. */

cif/CIFsee.c

@@ -166,9 +166,9 @@ CIFPaintLayer(
     scx.scx_use = CIFDummyUse;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
-	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
+		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     oldCount = DBWFeedbackCount;
@@ -287,9 +287,9 @@ CIFSeeLayer(
     scx.scx_use = CIFDummyUse;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
-	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
+		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     oldCount = DBWFeedbackCount;
@@ -459,9 +459,9 @@ CIFCoverageLayer(
     scx.scx_use = CIFDummyUse;
     scx.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
     (void) DBTreeSrTiles(&scx, &DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits, 0,
-	cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
+		cifHierCopyFunc, (ClientData) CIFComponentDef);
     CIFCopyMaskHints(&scx, CIFComponentDef);
-    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, cifHierCopyMaskHints,
+    DBTreeSrCells(&scx, 0, CIFCopyMaskHints,
                 (ClientData)CIFComponentDef);
 
     CIFGen(CIFComponentDef, rootDef, area, CIFPlanes, &depend, TRUE, TRUE,

cif/CIFtech.c

@@ -1107,6 +1107,8 @@ CIFTechLine(
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_BBOX;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "net") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_NET;
+    else if (strcmp(argv[0], "tagged") == 0)
+	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_TAGGED;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "maxrect") == 0)
 	newOp->co_opcode = CIFOP_MAXRECT;
     else if (strcmp(argv[0], "boundary") == 0)
@@ -1357,10 +1359,12 @@ bloatCheck:
 	    bloatDone: break;
 
 	case CIFOP_NET:
-	    if (argc != 3) goto wrongNumArgs;
+	case CIFOP_TAGGED:
+	    if ((argc != 2) && (argc != 3)) goto wrongNumArgs;
 	    newOp->co_client = (ClientData)StrDup((char **)NULL, argv[1]);
-	    cifParseLayers(argv[2], CIFCurStyle, &newOp->co_paintMask,
+	    if (argc == 3)
-		&newOp->co_cifMask, FALSE);
+		cifParseLayers(argv[2], CIFCurStyle, &newOp->co_paintMask,
+			&newOp->co_cifMask, FALSE);
 	    break;
 
 	case CIFOP_MASKHINTS:
@@ -1671,12 +1675,12 @@ cifComputeRadii(
 
     for (op = layer->cl_ops; op != NULL; op = op->co_next)
     {
-	/* BBOX, NET, and MASKHINTS operators should never be used	*/
+	/* BBOX, NET, TAGGED, and MASKHINTS operators should never be	*/
-	/* hierarchically so ignore any grow/shrink operators that	*/
+	/* used	hierarchically so ignore any grow/shrink operators that	*/
 	/* come after them.						*/
 
 	if (op->co_opcode == CIFOP_BBOX || op->co_opcode == CIFOP_NET ||
-		    op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS)
+		    op->co_opcode == CIFOP_TAGGED || op->co_opcode == CIFOP_MASKHINTS)
 	    break;
 
 	/* If CIF layers are used, switch to the max of current
@@ -1988,8 +1992,8 @@ CIFTechFinal(void)
 		/* Presence of op->co_opcode in CIFOP_OR indicates a copy */
 		/* of the SquaresData pointer from a following operator.  */
 		/* CIFOP_BBOX and CIFOP_MAXRECT uses the co_client field  */
-		/* as a flag field, while CIFOP_NET and CIFOP_MASKHINTS	  */
+		/* as a flag field, while CIFOP_NET, CIFOP_MASKHINTS, and */
-		/* uses it for a string.				  */
+		/* CIFOP_TAGGED use it for a string.			  */
 		else
 		{
 		    switch (op->co_opcode)
@@ -2001,6 +2005,7 @@ CIFTechFinal(void)
 			case CIFOP_MAXRECT:
 			case CIFOP_MANHATTAN:
 			case CIFOP_NET:
+			case CIFOP_TAGGED:
 			    break;
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGELIM:
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGE:
@@ -2536,6 +2541,7 @@ CIFTechOutputScale(
 			case CIFOP_MAXRECT:
 			case CIFOP_MANHATTAN:
 			case CIFOP_NET:
+			case CIFOP_TAGGED:
 			case CIFOP_INTERACT:
 			    break;
 			case CIFOP_BRIDGELIM:
@@ -2651,8 +2657,8 @@ CIFTechOutputScale(
 		    default:
 			/* op->co_opcode in CIFOP_OR is a pointer copy,	*/
 			/* in CIFOP_BBOX and CIFOP_MAXRECT is a	flag,	*/
-			/* and in CIFOP_NET and CIFOP_MASKHINTS is a	*/
+			/* and in CIFOP_NET, CIFOP_MASKHINTS, and	*/
-			/* string.					*/
+			/* CIFOP_TAGGED is a string.			*/
 			break;
 		}
 	    }

cif/CIFwrite.c

@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 
     /* Forward declarations */
-extern int cifWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def);
+extern int cifWriteInitFunc(CellDef *def, ClientData cdata);	/* UNUSED */
 extern int cifWriteMarkFunc(CellUse *use);
 extern int cifWritePaintFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, FILE *f);
 extern int cifWriteLabelFunc(Tile *tile, TileType dinfo, FILE *f);
@@ -204,9 +204,11 @@ CIFWrite(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
 cifWriteInitFunc(
-    CellDef *def)
+    CellDef *def,
+    ClientData cdata)	/* UNUSED */
 {
     def->cd_client = (ClientData) 0;
     return (0);

cmwind/CMWmain.c

@@ -217,10 +217,11 @@ CMWdelete(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 void
 CMWreposition(
     MagWindow *window,
-    Rect *newScreenArea,
+    Rect *newScreenArea,	/* UNUSED */
     bool final)
 {
     if (final)

commands/CmdE.c

@@ -781,39 +781,82 @@ cmdEraseCellsFunc(
  * Implement the "expand" command.
  *
  * Usage:
- *	expand
+ *	expand [selection|surround|overlap|all] [toggle]
- *	expand toggle
+ *
+ *	"selection" expands cells in the selection.  All other options
+ *	expand cells in the layout.  "all" expands all cells in the
+ *	layout.  "surround" expands cells which the cursor box
+ *	surrounds completely, and "overlap" expands cells which the
+ *	cursor box overlaps.
+ *
+ *	If "toggle" is specified, flips the expanded/unexpanded status.
+ *	Cells which were expanded are unexpanded, and cells which were
+ *	unexpanded are expanded.
+ *
+ *	For backwards compatibility:
+ *	"expand" alone implements "expand overlap".
+ *	"expand toggle" implements "expand selection toggle".
+ *
+ *	Also see:  CmdUnexpand
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	If "toggle" is specified, flips the expanded/unexpanded status
+ *	Expansion state of cells is changed.  May read cells in from
- *	of all selected cells.  Otherwise, aren't any unexpanded cells
+ *	disk, and update bounding boxes that have changed.
- *	left under the box.  May read cells in from disk, and updates
- *	bounding boxes that have changed.
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#define EXPAND_SELECTION      0
+#define EXPAND_SURROUND       1
+#define EXPAND_OVERLAP        2
+#define EXPAND_ALL            3
+#define EXPAND_HELP           4
+
 void
 CmdExpand(
     MagWindow *w,
     TxCommand *cmd)
 {
-    int windowMask, boxMask, d;
+    int windowMask, boxMask, d, option;
+    bool doToggle = FALSE;
+    const char * const *msg;
     Rect rootRect;
     CellUse *rootBoxUse;
     CellDef *rootBoxDef;
+
     int cmdExpandFunc(CellUse *use, int windowMask);		/* Forward reference. */
 
-    if (cmd->tx_argc > 2 || (cmd->tx_argc == 2
+    static const char * const cmdExpandOption[] = {
-	&& (strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[1], "toggle", strlen(cmd->tx_argv[1])) != 0)))
+	"selection	expand cell instances in the selection",
+	"surround	expand cell instances which the cursor box surrounds",
+	"overlap	expand cell instances which the cursor box overlaps",
+	"all		expand all cell instances",
+	NULL
+    };
+
+    if (cmd->tx_argc > 1)
     {
-	TxError("Usage: %s or %s toggle\n", cmd->tx_argv[0], cmd->tx_argv[0]);
+	if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[cmd->tx_argc - 1], "toggle",
-	return;
+			strlen(cmd->tx_argv[cmd->tx_argc - 1])))
+	{
+	    doToggle = TRUE;
+	    cmd->tx_argc--;
+	}
     }
 
+    if (cmd->tx_argc > 1)
+    {
+	option = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[1], cmdExpandOption);
+	if (option < 0) option = EXPAND_HELP;
+    }
+    else
+	option = EXPAND_OVERLAP;
+
+    if (option == EXPAND_HELP) goto badusage;
+
     windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
     if (w == (MagWindow *) NULL)
     {
@@ -844,23 +887,95 @@ CmdExpand(
             WindScale(d, 1);
 	    TxPrintf("expand: rescaled by %d\n", d);
 	    d = DBLambda[1];
-	    if (cmd->tx_argc == 2) break;	/* Don't toggle twice */
+	    if (doToggle) break;	/* Don't toggle twice */
 	}
 	(void) ToolGetBoxWindow(&rootRect, &boxMask);
 
-	if (cmd->tx_argc == 2)
+	if (option != EXPAND_SELECTION)
-	    SelectExpand(windowMask);
-	else
 	{
 	    if ((boxMask & windowMask) != windowMask)
 	    {
 		TxError("The box isn't in the same window as the cursor.\n");
 		return;
 	    }
-	    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &rootRect, windowMask,
+	}
-			TRUE, cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype) windowMask);
+
+	switch (option)
+	{
+	    case EXPAND_SELECTION:
+		SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			(doToggle) ? DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE : DB_EXPAND,
+			(Rect *)NULL);
+		break;
+	    case EXPAND_OVERLAP:
+		if (doToggle)
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &rootRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			&rootRect);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &rootRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			&rootRect);
+		}
+		break;
+	    case EXPAND_SURROUND:
+		if (doToggle)
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &rootRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+			&rootRect);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &rootRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+			&rootRect);
+		}
+		break;
+	    case EXPAND_ALL:
+		if (doToggle)
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &TiPlaneRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			(Rect *)NULL);
+		}
+		else
+		{
+		    DBExpandAll(rootBoxUse, &TiPlaneRect, windowMask,
+				DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+				cmdExpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+		    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_EXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			(Rect *)NULL);
+		}
+		break;
 	}
     } while (d != DBLambda[1]);
+
+    return;
+
+badusage:
+    for (msg = &(cmdExpandOption[0]); *msg != NULL; msg++)
+	TxPrintf("    %s\n", *msg);
+    TxPrintf("    toggle	Toggle the visibility of cell instances.\n");
 }
 
 /* This function is called for each cell whose expansion status changed.
@@ -981,7 +1096,7 @@ CmdExtract(
 	"lumped			estimate lumped resistance",
 	"labelcheck		check for connections through sticky labels",
 	"aliases		output all net name aliases",
-	"unique			ensure unique node names during extraction",
+	"unique	 [notopports]	ensure unique node names during extraction",
 	"resistance		extract resistance (same as \"do extresist\")",
 	NULL
     };
@@ -1288,6 +1403,7 @@ CmdExtract(
 		TxPrintf("%s label check\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOLABELCHECK));
 		TxPrintf("%s aliases\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOALIASES));
 		TxPrintf("%s unique\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOUNIQUE));
+		TxPrintf("%s unique notopports\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOUNIQNOTOPPORTS));
 		TxPrintf("%s resistance (extresist)\n", OPTSET(EXT_DOEXTRESIST));
 		return;
 #undef	OPTSET
@@ -1318,9 +1434,19 @@ CmdExtract(
 		case DORESISTANCE:	option = EXT_DORESISTANCE; break;
 		case DOLABELCHECK:	option = EXT_DOLABELCHECK; break;
 		case DOALIASES:		option = EXT_DOALIASES; break;
-		case DOUNIQUE:		option = EXT_DOUNIQUE; break;
 		case DOEXTRESIST:
 		case DOEXTRESIST2:	option = EXT_DOEXTRESIST; break;
+		case DOUNIQUE:
+		    if (argc == 4)
+		    {
+			if (!strncmp(argv[3], "notop", 5))
+			    option = EXT_DOUNIQNOTOPPORTS | EXT_DOUNIQUE;
+			else
+			    TxError("Usage:  extract do unique [notopports]\n");
+		    }
+		    else
+			option = EXT_DOUNIQUE;
+		    break;
 		case DOLOCAL:
 		    /* "extract do local" and "extract no local" are kept for
 		     * backwards compatibility, but now effectively implement

commands/CmdLQ.c

@@ -45,9 +45,8 @@ static const char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magi
 #include "utils/undo.h"
 #include "select/select.h"
 #include "netmenu/netmenu.h"
-
-/* C99 compat */
 #include "cif/cif.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 /* Forward declarations */
 
@@ -518,14 +517,14 @@ CmdLoad(
 
 	    DBExpandAll(topuse, &(topuse->cu_bbox),
 			((DBWclientRec *)w->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask,
-			TRUE, keepGoing, NULL);
+			DB_EXPAND, keepGoing, NULL);
 
 	    DBExpandAll(topuse, &(topuse->cu_bbox),
 			((DBWclientRec *)w->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask,
-			FALSE, keepGoing, NULL);
+			DB_UNEXPAND, keepGoing, NULL);
 	    DBExpand(topuse,
 			((DBWclientRec *)w->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask,
-			TRUE);
+			DB_EXPAND);
 
 	    /* We don't want to save and restore DBLambda, because      */
 	    /* loading the file may change their values.  Instead, we   */
@@ -2325,9 +2324,9 @@ CmdDoProperty(
     TxCommand *cmd,
     int argstart)
 {
-    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+    PropertyRecord *proprec = NULL;
     char *value;
-    bool propfound;
+    bool propfound, dolist;
     int proptype, proplen, propvalue, i;
     dlong dvalue;
     int locargc = cmd->tx_argc - argstart + 1;
@@ -2335,15 +2334,31 @@ CmdDoProperty(
     Tcl_Obj *tobj;
 #endif
 
-    int printPropertiesFunc();		/* Forward declaration */
+    /* Forward declarations */
+    int printPropertiesFunc();
+    int printPlanePropFunc();		
 
     /* These should match the property codes in database.h.in, except
      * for "compat" which must come at the end.
      */
     static const char * const cmdPropertyType[] = {
-	"string", "integer", "dimension", "double", "compat", NULL
+	"string", "integer", "dimension", "double", "plane", "compat", NULL
     };
 
+    /* If the first keyword is "list", then set dolist and increment
+     * the starting argument position.
+     */
+    dolist = FALSE;
+    if (locargc > 1)
+    {
+	if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "list"))
+	{
+	    dolist = TRUE;
+	    locargc--;
+	    argstart++;
+	}
+    }
+
     /* If a property type is given, parse it and then strip it from
      * the arguments list.
      */
@@ -2393,7 +2408,7 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 	    return;
 	}
 
-	/* print the value of the indicated property */
+	/* Print the value of the indicated property */
 	proprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], &propfound);
 	if (propfound)
 	{
@@ -2434,6 +2449,14 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
 		    }
 		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		    tobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
+		    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+				(ClientData)tobj);
+		    Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, tobj);
+		    break;
 		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 		    if (proprec->prop_len == 1)
 			Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp,
@@ -2465,10 +2488,17 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 		    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
 			TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(
 				proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i], w,
-				((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+				((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE));
 		
 		    TxPrintf("\n");
 		    break;
+		case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL);
+		    TxPrintf("\n");
+		    break;
 		case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 		    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
 			TxPrintf( "%"DLONG_PREFIX"d",
@@ -2482,9 +2512,9 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	    /* If the command was "cellname list property ...", then	*/
 	    /* just return NULL if the property was not found.		*/
-	    if (strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[1], "list"))
+	    if (!dolist)
 #endif
-		TxError("Property name \"%s\" is not defined\n", cmd->tx_argv[1]);
+		TxError("Property name \"%s\" is not defined\n", cmd->tx_argv[argstart]);
 	}
     }
     else if (locargc >= 3)
@@ -2514,7 +2544,7 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 	 * keyword functions work correctly.
 	 *
 	 * GDS_START, GDS_END:  PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE
-	 * MASKHINTS_*:  PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION
+	 * MASKHINTS_*:  PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE
 	 * FIXED_BBOX:  PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION
 	 */
 	if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "GDS_START"))
@@ -2528,7 +2558,7 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 	else if (!strcmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "OBS_BBOX"))
 	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
 	else if (!strncmp(cmd->tx_argv[argstart], "MASKHINTS_", 10))
-	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+	    proptype = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
 
 	if (strlen(cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]) == 0)
 	    DBPropPut(def, cmd->tx_argv[argstart], NULL);
@@ -2543,8 +2573,11 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 		proprec->prop_len = proplen;
 		strcpy(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]);
 	    }
-	    else	/* PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER or PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION */
+	    else	/* All non-string properties */
 	    {
+		Plane *plane;
+		Rect r;
+
 		/* Two choices:  If locargc == 3 then all values are in one
 		 * argument.  If locargc > 3, then parse each argument as a
 		 * separate value.
@@ -2555,6 +2588,12 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 		    if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE)
 		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
 				(proplen - 1)*sizeof(dlong));
+		    else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+		    {
+		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+		    }
 		    else
 		        proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
 				(proplen - 2)*sizeof(int));
@@ -2587,6 +2626,28 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 				proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i - 1] = 0;
 			    }
 			}
+			else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+			{
+			    propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i],
+					FALSE, ((i % 2) == 0) ? FALSE : TRUE);
+			    switch ((i - 1) % 4)
+			    {
+				case 0:
+				    r.r_xbot = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 1:
+				    r.r_ybot = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 2:
+				    r.r_xtop = propvalue;
+				    break;
+				case 3:
+				    r.r_ytop = propvalue;
+				    DBPaintPlane(plane, &r, CIFPaintTable,
+						(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+				    break;
+			    }
+			}
 			else	/* PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION */
 			{
 			    propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + i],
@@ -2613,11 +2674,20 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 		    }
 		    if (proplen > 0)
 		    {
-			proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+			if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
-				(proplen - 2)*sizeof(int));
+			{
+			    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+			    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+			    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+			} else {
+			    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
+					sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+					(proplen - 2) * sizeof(int));
+			}
 			proprec->prop_type = proptype;
 			proprec->prop_len = proplen;
 		    }
+
 		    /* Second pass */
 		    value = cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1];
 		    for (proplen = 0; proplen < proprec->prop_len; proplen++)
@@ -2657,6 +2727,28 @@ CmdDoProperty(
 				}
 			        proprec->prop_value.prop_double[proplen] = dvalue;
 			    }
+			    else if (proptype == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+			    {
+				propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, value, FALSE,
+					((proplen % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE);
+				switch (proplen % 4)
+				{
+				    case 0:
+					r.r_xbot = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 1:
+					r.r_ybot = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 2:
+					r.r_xtop = propvalue;
+					break;
+				    case 3:
+					r.r_ytop = propvalue;
+					DBPaintPlane(plane, &r, CIFPaintTable,
+						(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+					break;
+				}
+			    }
 			    else	/* PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION */
 			    {
 				propvalue = cmdParseCoord(w, value, FALSE,
@@ -2727,6 +2819,59 @@ CmdProperty(
     CmdDoProperty(def, w, cmd, 1);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Callback function for printing values from a Plane property
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER 
+int
+printPlanePropFunc(
+    Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    Tcl_Obj *lobj)
+{
+    Rect r;
+    MagWindow *w;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID); 
+
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, w, TRUE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, w, FALSE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, w, TRUE), -1));
+    Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+		Tcl_NewStringObj(DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, w, FALSE), -1));
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int
+printPlanePropFunc(
+    Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata)	/* (unused) */
+{
+    Rect r;
+    MagWindow *w;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID); 
+
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, w, TRUE));
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, w, FALSE));
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, w, TRUE));
+    TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, w, FALSE));
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#endif
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  * Callback function for printing a single property key:value pair
@@ -2766,6 +2911,12 @@ printPropertiesFunc(
 			DBWPrintValue(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i],
 			w, ((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE), -1));
 	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+	    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+			(ClientData)lobj);
+	    break;
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
     	        Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
@@ -2779,25 +2930,32 @@ printPropertiesFunc(
     switch (proprec->prop_type)
     {
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
-	    TxPrintf("%s = %s\n", name, (const char *)proprec->prop_string);
+	    TxPrintf("%s = %s\n", name, (const char *)proprec->prop_value.prop_string);
 	    break;
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
 	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
-		TxPrintf("%d ", proprec->prop_integer[i]);
+		TxPrintf("%d ", proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i]);
 	    TxPrintf("\n");
 	    break;
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
 	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
 		TxPrintf("%s ", DBWPrintValue(proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i],
-			w, ((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE); 
+			w, ((i % 2) == 0) ? TRUE : FALSE));
 	    TxPrintf("\n");
 	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+    	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
+	    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL, proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, printPlanePropFunc,
+			(ClientData)NULL);
+    	    TxPrintf("\n");
+	    break;
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 	    TxPrintf("%s = ", name);
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
-		TxPrintf("%"DLONG_PREFIX"d ", proprec->prop_double[i]);
+		TxPrintf("%"DLONG_PREFIX"d ", proprec->prop_value.prop_double[i]);
 	    TxPrintf("\n");
 	    break;
     }

commands/CmdRS.c

@@ -635,10 +635,21 @@ cmdSelectArea(
 	int i;
 	for (i = 0; i < DBNumUserLayers; i++)
 	{
-	    if((TTMaskHasType(&mask, i)) && !(TTMaskHasType(&crec->dbw_visibleLayers, i)))
+	    if ((TTMaskHasType(&mask, i)) &&
+			!(TTMaskHasType(&crec->dbw_visibleLayers, i)))
 		TTMaskClearType(&mask, i);
 	}
+
+	/* Remove L_CELL and L_LABEL if crec->dbw_flags indicates that
+	 * they are not visible in the layout window.
+	 */
+
+	if (!(crec->dbw_flags & DBW_SEELABELS)) TTMaskClearType(&mask, L_LABEL);
+	if (!(crec->dbw_flags & DBW_SEECELLS)) TTMaskClearType(&mask, L_CELL);
     }
+    else if (option == SEL_AREA)
+	TTMaskSetType(&mask, L_LABEL);
+
     SelectArea(&scx, &mask, crec->dbw_bitmask, globmatch);
 }
 
@@ -1027,7 +1038,7 @@ CmdSelect(
 
 	/*--------------------------------------------------------------------
 	 * Select everything under the box, perhaps looking only at
-	 * particular layers, but only if its visible.
+	 * particular layers, but only if it's visible.
 	 *--------------------------------------------------------------------
 	 */
 
@@ -1801,13 +1812,18 @@ cmdLabelSizeFunc(
 
     if (value == NULL)
     {
+	char *labsize;
+	MagWindow *w;
+
+	windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
+	labsize = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_size / 8, w, FALSE);
+
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	lobj = Tcl_GetObjResult(magicinterp);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj,
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(labsize, -1));
-			Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)label->lab_size / 8.0));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-	TxPrintf("%g\n", (double)label->lab_size / 8.0);
+	TxPrintf("%s\n", labsize);
 #endif
     }
     else if (label->lab_size != *value)
@@ -1952,18 +1968,22 @@ cmdLabelOffsetFunc(
 
     if (point == NULL)
     {
+	char *laboffx, *laboffy;
+	MagWindow *w;
+
+	windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
+	laboffx = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_offset.p_x / 8, w, TRUE);
+	laboffy = DBWPrintValue(label->lab_offset.p_x / 8, w, FALSE);
+
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	lobj = Tcl_GetObjResult(magicinterp);
 	pobj = Tcl_NewListObj(0, NULL);
 	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, lobj, pobj);
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(laboffx, -1));
-			Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)label->lab_offset.p_x / 8.0));
+	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj, Tcl_NewStringObj(laboffy, -1));
-	Tcl_ListObjAppendElement(magicinterp, pobj,
-			Tcl_NewDoubleObj((double)label->lab_offset.p_y / 8.0));
 	Tcl_SetObjResult(magicinterp, lobj);
 #else
-	TxPrintf("%g %g\n", (double)(label->lab_offset.p_x) / 8.0,
+	TxPrintf("%s %s\n", laboffx, laboffy);
-		(double)(label->lab_offset.p_y) / 8.0);
 #endif
     }
     else if (!GEO_SAMEPOINT(label->lab_offset, *point))
@@ -2212,9 +2232,13 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelTextFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1] : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelTextFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelTextFunc,
+				(ClientData)cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 1]);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2280,9 +2304,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 		}
 		else if (EditCellUse)
 		{
-		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		    if (locargc == 2)
-				cmdLabelFontFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+			SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-				(ClientData)&font : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelFontFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		    else
+			SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelFontFunc, (ClientData)&font);
 		}
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -2310,9 +2337,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelJustFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&pos : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelJustFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelJustFunc, (ClientData)&pos);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2341,9 +2371,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelSizeFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&size : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelSizeFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelSizeFunc, (ClientData)&size);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2393,9 +2426,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelOffsetFunc, (locargc != 2) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&offset : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelOffsetFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelOffsetFunc, (ClientData)&offset);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2459,10 +2495,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 		    rect.r_ytop = cmdScaleCoord(w, cmd->tx_argv[argstart + 4],
 				TRUE, FALSE, 1);
 		}
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if ((locargc == 3) || (locargc == 6))
-				cmdLabelRectFunc,
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-				((locargc == 6) || (locargc == 3)) ?
+				cmdLabelRectFunc, (ClientData)&rect);
-				(ClientData)&rect : (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelRectFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2488,9 +2526,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelRotateFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&rotate : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelRotateFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelRotateFunc, (ClientData)&rotate);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2522,9 +2563,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelStickyFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&flags : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelStickyFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelStickyFunc, (ClientData)&flags);
 	    }
 	    break;
 
@@ -2563,9 +2607,12 @@ CmdSetLabel(
 	    }
 	    else if (EditCellUse)
 	    {
-		SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+		if (locargc == 2)
-			cmdLabelLayerFunc, (locargc == 3) ?
+		    SelEnumLabels(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
-			(ClientData)&ttype : (ClientData)NULL);
+				cmdLabelLayerFunc, (ClientData)NULL);
+		else
+		    SelEnumLabelsMirror(&DBAllTypeBits, TRUE, (bool *)NULL,
+				cmdLabelLayerFunc, (ClientData)&ttype);
 	    }
 	    break;
 

commands/CmdSubrs.c

@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@ CmdSetWindCaption(
 				 * edit cell was selected.
 				 */
 {
-    int cmdWindSet(MagWindow *window);
+    int cmdWindSet(MagWindow *window, ClientData clientData);	/* UNUSED */
 
     newEditDef = (newEditUse) ? newEditUse->cu_def : NULL;
     newRootDef = rootDef;
@@ -1053,9 +1053,11 @@ CmdSetWindCaption(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
 cmdWindSet(
-    MagWindow *window)
+    MagWindow *window,
+    ClientData clientData)	/* UNUSED */
 {
     char caption[200];
     CellDef *wDef;
@@ -1239,7 +1241,7 @@ cmdExpandOneLevel(
     extern int cmdExpand1func(CellUse *cu, ClientData bitmask);
 
     /* first, expand this cell use */
-    DBExpand(cu, bitmask, expand);
+    DBExpand(cu, bitmask, expand ? DB_EXPAND : DB_UNEXPAND);
 
     /* now, unexpand its direct children (ONE LEVEL ONLY) */
     if (expand)
@@ -1251,7 +1253,7 @@ cmdExpand1func(
     CellUse *cu,
     ClientData bitmask)
 {
-    DBExpand(cu, (int)CD2INT(bitmask), FALSE);
+    DBExpand(cu, (int)CD2INT(bitmask), DB_UNEXPAND);
     return 0;
 }
 

commands/CmdTZ.c

@@ -702,32 +702,62 @@ CmdTool(
  * Implement the "unexpand" command.
  *
  * Usage:
- *	unexpand
+ *	unexpand [selection|surround|overlap|all]
+ *
+ *	"selection" unexpands (hides) cells in the selection.  All
+ *	other options unexpand cells in the layout.  "all" unexpands
+ *	all cells in the layout.  "surround" unexpannds cells which
+ *	the cursor box surrounds completely, and "overlap" unexpands
+ *	cells which the cursor box overlaps.
+ *
+ *	For backwards compatibility:
+ *	"unexpand" alone implements "unexpand surround".
+ *
+ *	Also see:  CmdExpand
  *
  * Results:
  *	None.
  *
  * Side effects:
- *	Unexpands all cells under the box that don't completely
+ *	Changes the expansion state of cells.
- *	contain the box.
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+#define UNEXPAND_SELECTION	0
+#define UNEXPAND_SURROUND	1
+#define UNEXPAND_OVERLAP	2
+#define UNEXPAND_ALL		3
+#define UNEXPAND_HELP		4
+
 void
 CmdUnexpand(
     MagWindow *w,
     TxCommand *cmd)
 {
-    int windowMask, boxMask;
+    int windowMask, boxMask, option;
+    const char * const *msg;
     Rect rootRect;
+
     int cmdUnexpandFunc(CellUse *use, int windowMask);		/* Forward reference. */
 
-    if (cmd->tx_argc != 1)
+    static const char * const cmdUnexpandOption[] = {
+	"selection	expand cell instances in the selection",
+	"surround	expand cell instances which the cursor box surrounds",
+	"overlap	expand cell instances which the cursor box overlaps",
+	"all		expand all cell instances",
+	NULL
+    };
+
+    if (cmd->tx_argc > 1)
     {
-	TxError("Usage: %s\n", cmd->tx_argv[0]);
+	option = Lookup(cmd->tx_argv[1], cmdUnexpandOption);
-	return;
+	if (option < 0) option = UNEXPAND_HELP;
     }
+    else
+	option = UNEXPAND_SURROUND;
+
+    if (option == UNEXPAND_HELP) goto badusage; 
 
     windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
     if (w == (MagWindow *) NULL)
@@ -743,8 +773,42 @@ CmdUnexpand(
 	TxError("The box isn't in the same window as the cursor.\n");
 	return;
     }
-    DBExpandAll(((CellUse *) w->w_surfaceID), &rootRect, windowMask,
+
-	    FALSE, cmdUnexpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype) windowMask);
+    switch (option)
+    {
+	case UNEXPAND_SELECTION:
+	    SelectExpand(windowMask, DB_UNEXPAND, (Rect *)NULL);
+	    break;
+	case UNEXPAND_OVERLAP:
+	    DBExpandAll(((CellUse *)w->w_surfaceID), &rootRect, windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			cmdUnexpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+	    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			&rootRect);
+	    break;
+	case UNEXPAND_SURROUND:
+	    DBExpandAll(((CellUse *)w->w_surfaceID), &rootRect, windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+			cmdUnexpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+	    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_SURROUND,
+			&rootRect);
+	    break;
+	case UNEXPAND_ALL:
+	    DBExpandAll(((CellUse *)w->w_surfaceID), &TiPlaneRect, windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			cmdUnexpandFunc, (ClientData)(pointertype)windowMask);
+	    SelectExpand(windowMask,
+			DB_UNEXPAND | DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP,
+			(Rect *)NULL);
+	    break;
+    }
+    return;
+
+badusage:
+    for (msg = &(cmdUnexpandOption[0]); *msg != NULL; msg++)
+        TxPrintf("    %s\n", *msg);
 }
 
 /* This function is called for each cell whose expansion status changed.

database/DBbound.c

@@ -53,10 +53,10 @@ typedef struct dbcellboundstruct
  */
 
 int
-DBBoundCellPlane(def, extended, rect)
+DBBoundCellPlane(
-    CellDef *def;
+    CellDef *def,
-    Rect *extended;
+    Rect *extended,
-    Rect *rect;
+    Rect *rect)
 {
     TreeFilter filter;
     DBCellBoundStruct cbs;
@@ -79,9 +79,9 @@ DBBoundCellPlane(def, extended, rect)
 }
 
 int
-dbCellBoundFunc(use, fp)
+dbCellBoundFunc(
-    CellUse *use;
+    CellUse *use,
-    TreeFilter *fp;
+    TreeFilter *fp)
 {
     DBCellBoundStruct *cbs;
 
@@ -124,9 +124,9 @@ dbCellBoundFunc(use, fp)
  */
 
 bool
-DBBoundPlane(plane, rect)
+DBBoundPlane(
-    Plane *plane;
+    Plane *plane,
-    Rect *rect;
+    Rect *rect)
 {
     Tile *left, *right, *top, *bottom, *tp;
 
@@ -205,9 +205,9 @@ DBBoundPlane(plane, rect)
  */
 
 bool
-DBBoundPlaneVert(plane, rect)
+DBBoundPlaneVert(
-    Plane *plane;
+    Plane *plane,
-    Rect *rect;
+    Rect *rect)
 {
     Tile *left, *right, *top, *bottom, *tp;
 

database/DBcellcopy.c

@@ -37,9 +37,8 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "windows/windows.h"
 #include "dbwind/dbwind.h"
 #include "commands/commands.h"
-
-/* C99 compat */
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 /*
  * The following variable points to the tables currently used for
@@ -357,9 +356,43 @@ DBCellCheckCopyAllPaint(scx, mask, xMask, targetUse, func)
 struct propUseDefStruct {
    CellDef *puds_source;
    CellDef *puds_dest;
+   Plane *puds_plane;		/* Mask hint plane in dest */
    Transform *puds_trans;	/* Transform from source use to dest */
+   Rect *puds_area;		/* Clip area in source coordinates */
 };
 
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc --
+ *
+ *	Translate tiles from a child mask-hint property plane into the
+ *	coordinate system of the parent, and paint the mask-hint area
+ *	into the mask-hint property plane of the parent.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    struct propUseDefStruct *puds)
+{
+    Transform *trans = puds->puds_trans;
+    Rect *clip = puds->puds_area;
+    Rect r, rnew;
+    Plane *plane = puds->puds_plane;
+    
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    GeoClip(&r, clip);
+    if (!GEO_RECTNULL(&r))
+    {
+	GeoTransRect(trans, &r, &rnew);
+	DBPaintPlane(plane, &rnew, CIFPaintTable, (PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -387,62 +420,45 @@ dbCopyMaskHintsFunc(key, proprec, puds)
 {
     CellDef *dest = puds->puds_dest;
     Transform *trans = puds->puds_trans;
+    Rect *clip = puds->puds_area;
     PropertyRecord *parentproprec, *newproprec;
     char *parentprop, *newvalue, *vptr;
     Rect r, rnew;
     bool propfound;
-    int i;
+    int i, j;
 
     if (!strncmp(key, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
     {
 	char *vptr, *lastval;
 	int lastlen;
+	Plane *plane;
 
-	/* Append to existing mask hint (if any) */
+	ASSERT(proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE, "dbCopyMaskHintsFunc");
+
+	/* Get the existing mask hint plane in the parent cell, and
+	 * create it if it does not already exist.
+	 */
 	parentproprec = (PropertyRecord *)DBPropGet(dest, key, &propfound);
 
 	if (propfound)
-	{
+	    plane = parentproprec->prop_value.prop_plane;
-	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
-			(proprec->prop_len + parentproprec->prop_len - 2) *
-			sizeof(int));
-	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
-	    newproprec->prop_len = proprec->prop_len + parentproprec->prop_len;
-	}
 	else
 	{
-	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord) +
+	    newproprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
-			(proprec->prop_len - 2) * sizeof(int));
+	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
-	    newproprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
+	    newproprec->prop_len = 0;
-	    newproprec->prop_len = proprec->prop_len;
+	    plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_plane = plane;
+	    DBPropPut(dest, key, newproprec);
 	}
+	puds->puds_plane = plane;
 
-	for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i += 4)
+	/* Copy the properties from child to parent */
-	{
+	DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
-	    r.r_xbot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
+		proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
-	    r.r_ybot = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1];
+		clip, &CIFSolidBits, dbCopyMaskHintPlaneFunc, 
-	    r.r_xtop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 2];
+		(ClientData)puds);
-	    r.r_ytop = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 3];
-
-	    GeoTransRect(trans, &r, &rnew);
-
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i] = rnew.r_xbot;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 1] = rnew.r_ybot;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 2] = rnew.r_xtop;
-	    newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + 3] = rnew.r_ytop;
-	}
-
-	if (propfound)
-	{
-	    /* Append the original values to the end of the list */
-	    for (i = 0; i < parentproprec->prop_len; i++)
-		newproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i + proprec->prop_len] =
-			parentproprec->prop_value.prop_integer[i];
-	}
-	    
-	DBPropPut(dest, key, newproprec);
     }
-
     return 0;
 }
 
@@ -474,6 +490,7 @@ DBCellCopyMaskHints(child, parent, transform)
     puds.puds_source = child->cu_def;
     puds.puds_dest = parent;
     puds.puds_trans = transform;
+    puds.puds_area = (Rect *)&TiPlaneRect;
     DBPropEnum(child->cu_def, dbCopyMaskHintsFunc, (ClientData)&puds);
 }
 
@@ -507,6 +524,7 @@ dbFlatCopyMaskHintsFunc(scx, def)
     puds.puds_source = scx->scx_use->cu_def;
     puds.puds_dest = def;
     puds.puds_trans = &scx->scx_trans;
+    puds.puds_area = &scx->scx_area;
 
     DBPropEnum(use->cu_def, dbCopyMaskHintsFunc, (ClientData)&puds);
 

database/DBcellsrch.c

@@ -588,6 +588,25 @@ DBTreeSrLabels(scx, mask, xMask, tpath, flags, func, cdarg)
 	if (!DBCellRead(def, TRUE, TRUE, NULL))
 	    return 0;
 
+    if (flags & TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH)
+    {
+	/* Search children first */
+	filter.tf_func = func;
+	filter.tf_arg = cdarg;
+	filter.tf_mask = mask;
+	filter.tf_xmask = xMask;
+	filter.tf_tpath = tpath;
+	filter.tf_flags = flags;
+
+	scx2 = *scx;
+	if (scx2.scx_area.r_xbot > TiPlaneRect.r_xbot) scx2.scx_area.r_xbot -= 1;
+	if (scx2.scx_area.r_ybot > TiPlaneRect.r_ybot) scx2.scx_area.r_ybot -= 1;
+	if (scx2.scx_area.r_xtop < TiPlaneRect.r_xtop) scx2.scx_area.r_xtop += 1;
+	if (scx2.scx_area.r_ytop < TiPlaneRect.r_ytop) scx2.scx_area.r_ytop += 1;
+	if (DBCellSrArea(&scx2, dbCellLabelSrFunc, (ClientData) &filter))
+	    return 1;
+    }
+
     for (lab = def->cd_labels; lab; lab = lab->lab_next)
     {
 	if (SigInterruptPending) break;
@@ -640,6 +659,8 @@ DBTreeSrLabels(scx, mask, xMask, tpath, flags, func, cdarg)
 		return (1);
     }
 
+    if (flags & TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH) return 0;  /* children already searched */
+
     filter.tf_func = func;
     filter.tf_arg = cdarg;
     filter.tf_mask = mask;
@@ -711,6 +732,16 @@ dbCellLabelSrFunc(scx, fp)
 	}
     }
 
+    /* If fp->tf_flags has TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH, then search child
+     * uses first, then the parent.  This is for display, so that if
+     * a child cell and parent cell have overlapping labels, the parent
+     * label is the one on top.
+     */
+
+    if (fp->tf_flags & TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH)
+	if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbCellLabelSrFunc, (ClientData) fp))
+	    result = 1;
+
     /* Apply the function first to any of the labels in this def. */
 
     result = 0;
@@ -732,9 +763,11 @@ dbCellLabelSrFunc(scx, fp)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Now visit each child use recursively */
+    /* Now visit each child use recursively, if not doing a reverse search */
-    if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbCellLabelSrFunc, (ClientData) fp))
+
-	result = 1;
+    if (!(fp->tf_flags & TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH))
+	if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbCellLabelSrFunc, (ClientData) fp))
+	    result = 1;
 
 cleanup:
     /* Remove the trailing pathname component from the TerminalPath */
@@ -1713,7 +1746,7 @@ dbTileMoveFunc(tile, dinfo, mvvals)
     if (IsSplit(tile))
 	type = (dinfo & TT_SIDE) ? SplitRightType(tile) : SplitLeftType(tile);
     DBNMPaintPlane(mvvals->ptarget, exact, &targetRect,
-		DBStdPaintTbl(type, mvvals->pnum),
+		(mvvals->pnum < 0) ? CIFPaintTable : DBStdPaintTbl(type, mvvals->pnum),
 		(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
     return 0;
 }
@@ -1814,7 +1847,22 @@ int dbScaleProp(name, proprec, cps)
     int i, scalen, scaled;
     Point p;
 
-    /* Only "dimension" type properties get scaled */
+    /* Only "dimension" and "plane" type properties get scaled */
+
+    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+    {
+	Plane *newplane;
+	newplane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
+	DBClearPaintPlane(newplane);
+	/* Plane index is unused;  arbitrarily substitute -1 */
+	dbScalePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane, newplane, -1,
+			scalen, scaled, TRUE);
+	DBFreePaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	TiFreePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = newplane;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
     if (proprec->prop_type != PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) return 0; 
 
     /* Scale numerator held in point X value, */
@@ -1857,7 +1905,22 @@ int dbMoveProp(name, proprec, cps)
     char *newvalue;
     Point p;
 
-    /* Only "dimension" type properties get scaled */
+    /* Only "dimension" and "plane" type properties get scaled */
+
+    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+    {
+	Plane *newplane;
+
+	newplane = DBNewPlane((ClientData) TT_SPACE);
+	DBClearPaintPlane(newplane);
+	/* Use plane index -1 to indicate use of CIFPaintTable */
+	dbMovePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane, newplane, -1, origx, origy);
+        DBFreePaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	TiFreePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
+        proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = newplane;
+	return 0;
+    }
+
     if (proprec->prop_type != PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) return 0; 
 
     origx = cps->cps_point.p_x;

database/DBconnect.c

@@ -1037,7 +1037,13 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, dinfo, cx)
     if (++csa2->csa2_top == CSA2_LIST_SIZE)
     {
 	/* Reached list size limit---need to push the list and	*/
-	/* start a new one.					*/
+	/* start a new one.  NOTE:  Setting lasttop to -1 means	*/
+	/* that some entries may be duplicated between the	*/
+	/* stacks, which is a small inefficiency.  In theory,	*/
+	/* lasttop could be left as is, then if lasttop > top	*/
+	/* when searching the last 5 entries, pop the stack, do	*/
+	/* the search, and then push the stack again.  But it's	*/
+	/* a lot easier just to be slightly inefficient.	*/
 
 	conSrArea *newlist;
 
@@ -1045,6 +1051,7 @@ dbcConnectFunc(tile, dinfo, cx)
 	StackPush((ClientData)csa2->csa2_list, csa2->csa2_stack);
 	csa2->csa2_list = newlist;
 	csa2->csa2_top = 0;
+	csa2->csa2_lasttop = -1;
     }
 
     csa2->csa2_list[csa2->csa2_top].area = newarea;

database/DBexpand.c

@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@ struct expandArg
 {
     bool	ea_deref;	/* TRUE if root def dereference flag is set */
     int		ea_xmask;	/* Expand mask. */
+    int		ea_type;	/* Expand, unexpand, or toggle */
     int		(*ea_func)();	/* Function to call for each cell whose
 				 * status is changed.
 				 */
@@ -67,15 +68,22 @@ struct expandArg
  */
 
 void
-DBExpand(cellUse, expandMask, expandFlag)
+DBExpand(cellUse, expandMask, expandType)
     CellUse *cellUse;
     int expandMask;
-    bool expandFlag;
+    int expandType;
 {
     CellDef *def;
+    bool expandFlag, expandTest;
  
-    if (DBDescendSubcell(cellUse, expandMask) == expandFlag)
+    expandTest = DBDescendSubcell(cellUse, expandMask);
-	return;
+    if ((expandType & DB_EXPAND_MASK) == DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE)
+	expandFlag = expandTest;
+    else
+    {
+	expandFlag = ((expandType & DB_EXPAND_MASK) == DB_EXPAND) ? TRUE : FALSE;
+	if (expandFlag == expandTest) return;
+    }
 
     if (expandFlag)
     {
@@ -130,17 +138,17 @@ DBExpand(cellUse, expandMask, expandFlag)
  */
 
 void
-DBExpandAll(rootUse, rootRect, expandMask, expandFlag, func, cdarg)
+DBExpandAll(rootUse, rootRect, expandMask, expandType, func, cdarg)
     CellUse *rootUse;	/* Root cell use from which search begins */
     Rect *rootRect;	/* Area to be expanded, in root coordinates */
     int expandMask;	/* Window mask in which cell is to be expanded */
-    bool expandFlag;	/* TRUE => expand, FALSE => unexpand */
+    int expandType;	/* DB_EXPAND, DB_UNEXPAND, DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE */
     int (*func)();	/* Function to call for each cell whose expansion
 			 * status is modified.  NULL means don't call anyone.
 			 */
     ClientData cdarg;	/* Argument to pass to func. */
 {
-    int dbExpandFunc(), dbUnexpandFunc();
+    int dbExpandFunc();
     SearchContext scontext;
     struct expandArg arg;
 
@@ -148,29 +156,26 @@ DBExpandAll(rootUse, rootRect, expandMask, expandFlag, func, cdarg)
 	(void) DBCellRead(rootUse->cu_def, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
 
     /*
-     * Walk through the area and set the expansion state
+     * Walk through the area and set the expansion state appropriately.
-     * appropriately.
      */
 
     arg.ea_xmask = expandMask;
     arg.ea_func = func;
     arg.ea_arg = cdarg;
+    arg.ea_type = expandType;
     arg.ea_deref = (rootUse->cu_def->cd_flags & CDDEREFERENCE) ? TRUE : FALSE;
 
     scontext.scx_use = rootUse;
     scontext.scx_trans = GeoIdentityTransform;
     scontext.scx_area = *rootRect;
-    if (expandFlag)
+    DBCellSrArea(&scontext, dbExpandFunc, (ClientData) &arg);
-	DBCellSrArea(&scontext, dbExpandFunc, (ClientData) &arg);
-    else
-	DBCellSrArea(&scontext, dbUnexpandFunc, (ClientData) &arg);
 }
 
 /*
  * dbExpandFunc --
  *
  * Filter function called by DBCellSrArea on behalf of DBExpandAll above
- * when cells are being expanded.
+ * when cells are being expanded, unexpanded, or toggled.
  */
 
 int
@@ -184,68 +189,55 @@ dbExpandFunc(scx, arg)
 {
     CellUse *childUse = scx->scx_use;
     int n = DBLambda[1];
+    int expandTest;
+    int expandType = (arg->ea_type & DB_EXPAND_MASK);
+    int expandSurround = (arg->ea_type & DB_EXPAND_SURROUND_MASK);
+    bool surround;
+
+    expandTest = DBDescendSubcell(childUse, arg->ea_xmask);
 
     /*
      * Change the expansion status of this cell if necessary.  Call the
      * client's function if the expansion status has changed.
      */
 
-    if (!DBDescendSubcell(childUse, arg->ea_xmask))
+    if (!expandTest && ((expandType == DB_EXPAND) || (expandType == DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE)))
     {
-	/* If the cell is unavailable, then don't expand it.
+	surround = (!GEO_SURROUND(&childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox, &scx->scx_area)
-	 */
+			|| GEO_SURROUND(&scx->scx_area, &childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox));
-	if ((childUse->cu_def->cd_flags & CDAVAILABLE) == 0)
+	if (surround || (expandSurround == DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP))
 	{
-	    /* If the parent is dereferenced, then the child should be, too */
+	    /* If the cell is unavailable, then don't expand it.
-	    if (arg->ea_deref) childUse->cu_def->cd_flags |= CDDEREFERENCE;
+	     */
-	    if(!DBCellRead(childUse->cu_def, TRUE, TRUE, NULL))
+	    if ((childUse->cu_def->cd_flags & CDAVAILABLE) == 0)
 	    {
-		TxError("Cell %s is unavailable.  It could not be expanded.\n",
+		/* If the parent is dereferenced, then the child should be, too */
-			childUse->cu_def->cd_name);
+		if (arg->ea_deref) childUse->cu_def->cd_flags |= CDDEREFERENCE;
-		return 2;
+		if (!DBCellRead(childUse->cu_def, TRUE, TRUE, NULL))
+		{
+		    TxError("Cell %s is unavailable.  It could not be expanded.\n",
+				childUse->cu_def->cd_name);
+		    return 2;
+		}
+	    }
+
+	    childUse->cu_expandMask |= arg->ea_xmask;
+	    expandTest = TRUE;
+	    if (arg->ea_func != NULL)
+	    {
+		if ((*arg->ea_func)(childUse, arg->ea_arg) != 0) return 1;
 	    }
 	}
-
-	childUse->cu_expandMask |= arg->ea_xmask;
-	if (arg->ea_func != NULL)
-	{
-	    if ((*arg->ea_func)(childUse, arg->ea_arg) != 0) return 1;
-	}
     }
-
+    else if (expandTest && ((expandType == DB_UNEXPAND) ||
-    if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbExpandFunc, (ClientData) arg))
+			(expandType == DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE)))
-	return 1;
-    return 2;
-}
-
-/*
- * dbUnexpandFunc --
- *
- * Filter function called by DBCellSrArea on behalf of DBExpandAll above
- * when cells are being unexpanded.
- */
-
-int
-dbUnexpandFunc(scx, arg)
-    SearchContext *scx;	/* Pointer to search context containing
-					 * child use, search area in coor-
-					 * dinates of the child use, and
-					 * transform back to "root".
-					 */
-    struct expandArg *arg;	/* Client data from caller */
-{
-    CellUse *childUse = scx->scx_use;
-
-    /*
-     * Change the expansion status of this cell if necessary.
-     */
-
-    if (DBDescendSubcell(childUse, arg->ea_xmask))
     {
-	if (!GEO_SURROUND(&childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox, &scx->scx_area)
+	surround = (!GEO_SURROUND(&childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox, &scx->scx_area)
-	    || GEO_SURROUND(&scx->scx_area, &childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox))
+			|| GEO_SURROUND(&scx->scx_area, &childUse->cu_def->cd_bbox));
+	if (surround || (expandSurround == DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP))
 	{
 	    childUse->cu_expandMask &= ~arg->ea_xmask;
+	    expandTest = FALSE;
 
 	    /* Call the client's function, if there is one. */
 
@@ -256,11 +248,7 @@ dbUnexpandFunc(scx, arg)
 	}
     }
 
-    /* Don't recursively search things that aren't already expanded. */
+    if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbExpandFunc, (ClientData) arg))
-
-    else return 2;
-
-    if (DBCellSrArea(scx, dbUnexpandFunc, (ClientData) arg))
 	return 1;
     return 2;
 }

database/DBio.c

@@ -73,10 +73,9 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/undo.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
 #include "utils/signals.h"
-
-/* C99 compat */
 #include "dbwind/dbwtech.h"
 #include "cif/cif.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 #include "lef/lef.h"
 #include "commands/commands.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"
@@ -2017,8 +2016,8 @@ badTransform:
 	if ((cellDef->cd_file != NULL) && (cellDef->cd_file[0] == '/'))
 	{
 	    char *homedir = getenv("HOME");
-	    if (strncmp(cellDef->cd_file, homedir, strlen(homedir)) ||
+	    if (homedir && (strncmp(cellDef->cd_file, homedir, strlen(homedir)) ||
-			*(cellDef->cd_file + strlen(homedir)) != '/')
+			*(cellDef->cd_file + strlen(homedir)) != '/'))
 	    {
 		char *homeroot = strrchr(homedir, '/');
 		int rootlen = (int)(homeroot - homedir) + 1;
@@ -2061,9 +2060,10 @@ badTransform:
 		if (*pathptr == '~')
 		{
 		    char *homedir = getenv("HOME");
-		    if (!strncmp(subCellDef->cd_file, homedir, strlen(homedir))
+		    if (homedir && (!strncmp(subCellDef->cd_file, homedir,
-			    && (!strcmp(subCellDef->cd_file + strlen(homedir),
+				strlen(homedir)) &&
-			    pathptr + 1)))
+				(!strcmp(subCellDef->cd_file + strlen(homedir),
+				pathptr + 1))))
 			pathOK = TRUE;
 		}
 		else if (!strcmp(cwddir, pathptr)) pathOK = TRUE;
@@ -2255,9 +2255,9 @@ badTransform:
 			/* Check if the path is the same as the current directory */
 
 			char *homedir = getenv("HOME");
-			if (!strncmp(cwddir, homedir, strlen(homedir))
+			if (homedir && (!strncmp(cwddir, homedir, strlen(homedir))
 				&& (!strcmp(cwddir + strlen(homedir),
-				pathptr + 1)))
+				pathptr + 1))))
 			    pathOK = TRUE;
 		    }
 		    else if (!strcmp(cwddir, pathptr)) pathOK = TRUE;
@@ -2492,10 +2492,24 @@ dbReadProperties(cellDef, line, len, f, scalen, scaled)
 	 * (2) "integer"	(a fixed integer or list of integers)
 	 * (3) "dimension"	(an integer that scales with internal units)
 	 * (4) "double"		(a fixed double-wide integer or list thereof)
+	 * (5) "plane"		(a tile plane structure)
 	 */
 
 	switch (option)
 	{
+	    case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		/* Treat this like "string" but make sure property is a
+		 * mask hint.  There is currently no method to specify
+		 * a plane property other than to write out the bounding
+		 * box coordinates of all the tiles in a list.
+		 */
+		if (strncmp(propertyname, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
+		{
+		    TxError("Plane type specified for property \"%s\" but "
+				"property is not a mask hint!\n", propertyname);
+		    break;
+		}
+		/* Else drop through */
 	    case PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING:
 		/* Go ahead and process the vendor GDS property */
 		if (!strcmp(propertyname, "GDS_FILE"))
@@ -2565,70 +2579,65 @@ dbReadProperties(cellDef, line, len, f, scalen, scaled)
 		else if (!strncmp(propertyname, "MASKHINTS_", 10))
 		{
 		    pptr = pvalueptr;
+		    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(sizeof(PropertyRecord));
+		    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE;
+		    proprec->prop_len = 0;
 
-		    /* Do one pass through the string to count the number of
+		    proprec->prop_value.prop_plane = DBNewPlane((ClientData)TT_SPACE);
-		     * values and make sure they all parse as integers.
+
+		    /* Parse the string and convert sets of four values
+		     * to coordinates and paint into the plane.
 		     */
 		    numvals = 0;
 		    while (*pptr != '\0')
 		    {
+			Rect r;
 			while (isspace(*pptr) && (*pptr != '\0')) pptr++;
 			if (!isspace(*pptr))
 			{
-			    char *endptr;
+			    if (sscanf(pptr, "%d", &ival) != 1)
-			    long result;
-
-			    /* Check that the value is an integer */
-			    result = strtol(pptr, &endptr, 0);
-			    if (endptr == pptr)
 			    {
-				/* Unable to parse correctly.  Save as a string value */
+				TxError("Mask-hint \"%s\" has non-integer values!",
-				proplen = strlen(pvalueptr);
+					pptr);
-				proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
+				DBFreePaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
-					sizeof(PropertyRecord) - 7 + proplen);
+				TiFreePlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane);
-				proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING;
+				freeMagic((char *)proprec);
-				proprec->prop_len = proplen;
+				proprec = (PropertyRecord *)NULL;
-				strcpy(proprec->prop_value.prop_string, pvalueptr);
-				(void) DBPropPut(cellDef, propertyname, proprec);
 				break;
 			    }
-			    while (!isspace(*pptr) && (*pptr != '\0')) pptr++;
-			    numvals++;
-			}
-		    }
-		    if (numvals % 4 != 0)
-		    {
-			TxError("Cannot read bounding box values in %s property",
-					propertyname);
-			/* This does not need to be a fatal error.  Extra
-			 * values will be unused.
-			 */
-		    }
-
-		    pptr = pvalueptr;
-		    proprec = (PropertyRecord *)mallocMagic(
-				sizeof(PropertyRecord) + ((numvals - 2) * sizeof(int)));
-		    proprec->prop_type = PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION;
-		    proprec->prop_len = numvals;
-
-		    /* Do a second pass through the string to convert the values
-		     * to dimensions and save as an integer array.
-		     */
-		    numvals = 0;
-		    while (*pptr != '\0')
-		    {
-			while (isspace(*pptr) && (*pptr != '\0')) pptr++;
-			if (!isspace(*pptr))
-			{
-			    sscanf(pptr, "%d", &ival);
 			    if (scalen > 1) ival *= scalen;
 			    if (scaled > 1) ival /= scaled;
-			    proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[numvals] = ival;
+			    switch (numvals)
-
+			    {
+				case 0:
+				    r.r_xbot = ival;
+				    numvals++;
+				    break;
+				case 1:
+				    r.r_ybot = ival;
+				    numvals++;
+				    break;
+				case 2:
+				    r.r_xtop = ival;
+				    numvals++;
+				    break;
+				case 3:
+				    r.r_ytop = ival;
+				    numvals = 0;
+				    /* Paint this into the plane */
+				    DBPaintPlane(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+						&r, CIFPaintTable,
+						(PaintUndoInfo *)NULL);
+				    break;
+			    }
 			    while (!isspace(*pptr) && (*pptr != '\0')) pptr++;
-			    numvals++;
 			}
 		    }
+		    if (numvals != 0)
+		    {
+			TxError("Mask-hint property number of values is not"
+				" divisible by four.  Truncated.\n");
+		    }
 		    (void) DBPropPut(cellDef, propertyname, proprec);
 		}
 		else if ((!strncmp(propertyname, "GDS_START", 9)) ||
@@ -3481,6 +3490,23 @@ DBCellFindScale(cellDef)
     return ggcf;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbFindGCFFunc ---
+ *
+ * Find the greatest common factor between the current GCF and each point
+ * in a tile.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May modify the GCF passed as client data to the function.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
 int
 dbFindGCFFunc(tile, dinfo, ggcf)
     Tile *tile;
@@ -3503,6 +3529,24 @@ dbFindGCFFunc(tile, dinfo, ggcf)
     return (*ggcf == 1) ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbFindCellGCFFunc ---
+ *
+ * Find the greatest common factor between the current GCF and each point
+ * of a uses bounding box, each component of the use's transform , and 
+ * for arrays, the array pitch.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May modify the GCF passed as client data to the function.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
 int
 dbFindCellGCFFunc(cellUse, ggcf)
     CellUse *cellUse;	/* Cell use whose "call" is to be written to a file	*/
@@ -3543,6 +3587,23 @@ dbFindCellGCFFunc(cellUse, ggcf)
     return (*ggcf == 1) ? 1 : 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbFindPropGCFFunc ---
+ *
+ * Find the greatest common factor between the current GCF and each point
+ * of a dimension property, or each point of each tile in a plane property.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	May modify the GCF passed as client data to the function.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
 int
 dbFindPropGCFFunc(key, proprec, ggcf)
     char *key;
@@ -3551,20 +3612,28 @@ dbFindPropGCFFunc(key, proprec, ggcf)
 {
     int value, n;
 
-    /* Only PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION properties get handled */
+    if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
-    if (proprec->prop_type != PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION) return 0;
-
-    for (n = 0; n < proprec->prop_len; n++)
     {
-	value = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n];
+	if (DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
-	if (value % (*ggcf) != 0)
+		proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
-	    *ggcf = FindGCF(value, *ggcf);
+		&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, dbFindGCFFunc, (ClientData)ggcf))
+	return (*ggcf == 1) ? 1 : 0;
     }
-
+    else if (proprec->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION)
-    return (*ggcf == 1) ? 1 : 0;
+    {
+	for (n = 0; n < proprec->prop_len; n++)
+	{
+	    value = proprec->prop_value.prop_integer[n];
+	    if (value % (*ggcf) != 0)
+		*ggcf = FindGCF(value, *ggcf);
+	}
+	return (*ggcf == 1) ? 1 : 0;
+    }
+    else
+        /* Only PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE and PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION get handled */
+	return 0;
 }
 
-
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -3573,6 +3642,12 @@ dbFindPropGCFFunc(key, proprec, ggcf)
  *	String comparison of two instance names, for the purpose of sorting
  *	the instances in a .mag file output in a repeatable way.
  *
+ * Results:
+ *	The string comparison, equivalent to the return value of strcmp().
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -3610,6 +3685,9 @@ struct cellUseList {
  * Return value:
  *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Adds to the list of cell uses passed as client data.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -3635,6 +3713,9 @@ dbGetUseFunc(cellUse, useRec)
  * Return value:
  *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Increments the count passed as client data.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -3663,6 +3744,12 @@ struct keyValuePair {
  *	String comparison of two property keys, for the purpose of sorting
  *	the properties in a .mag file output in a repeatable way.
  *
+ * Results:
+ *	The string comparison, equivalent to the result of strcmp().
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -3698,6 +3785,9 @@ struct cellPropList {
  * Return value:
  *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Adds to the list of property records passed as client data.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -3727,6 +3817,9 @@ dbGetPropFunc(key, proprec, propRec)
  * Return value:
  *	Return 0 to keep the search going.
  *
+ * Side Effects:
+ *	Increments the count passed as client data.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -4064,6 +4157,52 @@ ioerror:
     return (TRUE);
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbWritePropPaintFunc --
+ *
+ * Transform tiles in a plane into a set of four coordinate values and output
+ * them to the file.  This turns plane data into a PROP_TYPE_DIMENSION array,
+ * which is not a very efficient form and may be revisited.  For relatively
+ * simple plane data, it suffices.  The property planes are single-bit types.
+ * Note that there is no support for non-Manhattan geometry in the property
+ * plane at this time.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Writes output to a file.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbWritePropPaintFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata)
+{
+    pwfrec *pwf = (pwfrec *)cdata;
+    FILE *f = pwf->pwf_file;
+    int reducer = pwf->pwf_reducer;
+    Rect r;
+    char newvalue[20];
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+
+    snprintf(newvalue, 20, " %d", r.r_xbot / reducer);
+    FPUTSR(f, newvalue);
+    snprintf(newvalue, 20, " %d", r.r_ybot / reducer);
+    FPUTSR(f, newvalue);
+    snprintf(newvalue, 20, " %d", r.r_xtop / reducer);
+    FPUTSR(f, newvalue);
+    snprintf(newvalue, 20, " %d", r.r_ytop / reducer);
+    FPUTSR(f, newvalue);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -4111,6 +4250,12 @@ dbWritePropFunc(key, proprec, cdata)
 	    case PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER:
 		FPUTSR(f, "integer ");
 		break;
+	    case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+		/* A mask hint is a plane type property;  declare it
+		 * as a dimension, but it's arbitrary anyway since
+		 * the prefix "MASKHINTS_" is detected on read-in and
+		 * the property is parsed as plane data.
+		 */
 	    case PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION:
 		FPUTSR(f, "dimension ");
 		break;
@@ -4143,6 +4288,13 @@ dbWritePropFunc(key, proprec, cdata)
 		FPUTSR(f, newvalue);
 	    }
 	    break;
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+	    /* Scan the plane and output each non-space tile as four values */
+	    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, dbWritePropPaintFunc,
+			(ClientData)cdata);
+	    break;
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
 	    {
@@ -4267,7 +4419,7 @@ DBCellWriteCommandFile(cellDef, f)
 	}
 	else
 	{
-	    fprintf(f, "label %s %s %d %d %d %d %s %s\n",
+	    fprintf(f, "label %s %s %d %d %d %d %s %s%s\n",
 			lab->lab_text,
 			DBFontList[lab->lab_font]->mf_name,
 			lab->lab_size >> 3,
@@ -4275,15 +4427,10 @@ DBCellWriteCommandFile(cellDef, f)
 			lab->lab_offset.p_x,
 			lab->lab_offset.p_y,
 			directionNames[lab->lab_just],
+			(lab->lab_flags & LABEL_STICKY) ? "-" : "",
 			DBTypeLongName(lab->lab_type));
 	}
 
-	if (lab->lab_flags & LABEL_STICKY)
-	{
-	    fprintf(f, "select area label\n");
-	    fprintf(f, "setlabel sticky true\n");
-	}
-
 	if (lab->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK)
 	{
 	    if (!(lab->lab_flags & LABEL_STICKY))
@@ -4395,6 +4542,12 @@ ioerror:
  *	Callback function used by DBCellWriteCommandFile() to output
  *	commands corresponding to cell layout geometry.
  *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Writes output to a file.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -4460,6 +4613,12 @@ dbWritePaintCommandsFunc(tile, dinfo, cdarg)
  *	Callback function used by DBCellWriteCommandFile() to output
  *	commands corresponding to cell uses in the layout.
  *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Writes output to a file.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -4479,6 +4638,45 @@ dbWriteUseCommandsFunc(cellUse, cdarg)
     return 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbWritePropCommandPaintFunc --
+ *
+ * Transform tiles in a plane into a set of four coordinate values and output
+ * them to the file.  This turns plane data into a PROP_TYPE_DIMENSION array,
+ * which is not a very efficient form and may be revisited.  For relatively
+ * simple plane data, it suffices.  The property planes are single-bit types.
+ * Note that there is no support for non-Manhattan geometry in the property
+ * plane at this time.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Writes output to a file.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbWritePropCommandPaintFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    FILE *f)
+{
+    Rect r;
+    MagWindow *w;
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+    windCheckOnlyWindow(&w, DBWclientID);
+    fprintf(f, "%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xbot, w, TRUE));
+    fprintf(f, "%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ybot, w, FALSE));
+    fprintf(f, "%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_xtop, w, TRUE));
+    fprintf(f, "%s ", DBWPrintValue(r.r_ytop, w, FALSE));
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -4487,6 +4685,12 @@ dbWriteUseCommandsFunc(cellUse, cdarg)
  *	Callback function used by DBCellWriteCommandFile() to output
  *	commands corresponding to properties in the layout.
  *
+ * Results:
+ *	0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Writes output to a file.
+ *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
@@ -4540,6 +4744,19 @@ dbWritePropCommandsFunc(key, proprec, cdarg)
 	    fprintf(f, "\n");
 	    break;
 
+	case PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE:
+	    /* Plane properties are automatically handled as plane data,
+	     * so the property type does not need to be declared.
+	     * Only mask hints can be plane properties.
+	     */
+	    fprintf(f, "property %s ", key);
+	    DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+			proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+			&TiPlaneRect, &CIFSolidBits, dbWritePropCommandPaintFunc,
+			(ClientData)f);
+	    fprintf(f, "\n");
+	    break;
+
 	case PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE:
 	    fprintf(f, "property double %s ", key);
 	    for (i = 0; i < proprec->prop_len; i++)
@@ -4573,7 +4790,6 @@ dbWritePropCommandsFunc(key, proprec, cdarg)
  *	the file.  If successful, rewind the now-expanded file and
  *	overwrite the beginning of the file, then truncate it.
  *
- *
  * Results:
  *	TRUE if the cell could be written successfully, FALSE otherwise.
  *

database/DBlabel.c

@@ -574,7 +574,8 @@ DBReOrientLabel(cellDef, area, newPos)
  * dbGetLabelArea ---
  *
  * Callback function used by DBAdjustLabels.  Find all material under a label
- * that is *not* the label type, and return the 
+ * that is *not* the label type, and return the label area adjusted to leave
+ * out that amount.
  *
  * Note:  This clips in a regular order, and does not consider what is the
  * largest rectangular area outside the area that has been clipped out.
@@ -604,6 +605,26 @@ dbGetLabelArea(tile, dinfo, area)
     return 0;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * dbLabelNotEmpty ---
+ *
+ * Callback function used by DBAdjustLabels.  Finds any material under a
+ * label that is the label type, and returns 1 to stop the search.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+dbLabelNotEmpty(tile, dinfo, clientData)
+    Tile *tile;		/* Tile found. */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* Split tile information (unused) */
+    ClientData clientData;	/* (unused) */
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -661,28 +682,37 @@ DBAdjustLabels(def, area)
 
 	    TTMaskSetOnlyType(&lmask, lab->lab_type);
 	    /* To do:  Add compatible types (contact, residue) */
-	    TTMaskCom(&lmask);
 
-	    r = lab->lab_rect;
+	    /* If there is no material left inside the label area, then
-	    DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[DBPlane(lab->lab_type)],
+	     * the label gets reassigned to space.
-		    &lab->lab_rect, &lmask, dbGetLabelArea, (ClientData) &r);
+	     */
-
+	    if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[DBPlane(lab->lab_type)],
-	    if (!GEO_RECTNULL(&r))
+		    &lab->lab_rect, &lmask, dbLabelNotEmpty, (ClientData)NULL) == 1)
 	    {
-		if ((DBVerbose >= DB_VERBOSE_ALL) && ((def->cd_flags & CDINTERNAL) == 0))
+		TTMaskCom(&lmask);
-		{
-		    TxPrintf("Adjusting size of label \"%s\" in cell %s.\n",
-				lab->lab_text, def->cd_name);
-		}
 
-		DBUndoEraseLabel(def, lab);
+		r = lab->lab_rect;
-		DBWLabelChanged(def, lab, DBW_ALLWINDOWS);
+		DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[DBPlane(lab->lab_type)],
-		lab->lab_rect = r;
+		    	&lab->lab_rect, &lmask, dbGetLabelArea, (ClientData) &r);
-		DBFontLabelSetBBox(lab);
+
-		DBUndoPutLabel(def, lab);
+		if (!GEO_RECTNULL(&r))
-		DBWLabelChanged(def, lab, DBW_ALLWINDOWS);
+		{
-		modified = TRUE;
+		    if ((DBVerbose >= DB_VERBOSE_ALL) &&
-		adjusted = TRUE;
+				((def->cd_flags & CDINTERNAL) == 0))
+		    {
+			TxPrintf("Adjusting size of label \"%s\" in cell %s.\n",
+				lab->lab_text, def->cd_name);
+		    }
+
+		    DBUndoEraseLabel(def, lab);
+		    DBWLabelChanged(def, lab, DBW_ALLWINDOWS);
+		    lab->lab_rect = r;
+		    DBFontLabelSetBBox(lab);
+		    DBUndoPutLabel(def, lab);
+		    DBWLabelChanged(def, lab, DBW_ALLWINDOWS);
+		    modified = TRUE;
+		    adjusted = TRUE;
+		}
 	    }
 	}
 

database/DBprop.c

@@ -106,7 +106,18 @@ DBPropPut(cellDef, name, value)
 
     entry = HashFind(htab, name);
     oldvalue = (PropertyRecord *)HashGetValue(entry);
-    if (oldvalue != NULL) freeMagic((char *)oldvalue);
+    /* All properties are allocated as a single block and can just be freed,
+     * except for plane properties, which require freeing the plane.
+     */
+    if (oldvalue != NULL)
+    {
+	if (oldvalue->prop_type == PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE)
+	{
+	    DBFreePaintPlane(oldvalue->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	    TiFreePlane(oldvalue->prop_value.prop_plane);
+	}
+	freeMagic((char *)oldvalue);
+    }
     if (value == (PropertyRecord *)NULL)
 	HashRemove(htab, name);
     else

database/DBtimestmp.c

@@ -238,9 +238,11 @@ DBUpdateStamps(def)
     }
 }
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-dbStampFunc(cellDef)
+dbStampFunc(cellDef, cdata)
     CellDef *cellDef;
+    ClientData cdata;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     CellUse *cu;
     CellDef *cd;

database/database.h.in

@@ -578,6 +578,20 @@ typedef struct extRectList
    struct extRectList *r_next;
 } ExtRectList;
 
+/* Structure similar to the above, but adding a pointer to a cell use ID
+ * and a client data record which can be used to hold a region pointer.
+ */
+
+typedef struct extConnList
+{
+   char *r_useid;		/* Cell Use being connected to */
+   TileType r_type;		/* Connecting tile type in the parent */
+   Rect r_r;			/* Area of connection */
+   ClientData r_upnode;		/* Parent node making the connection */
+   ClientData r_downnode;	/* Child node making the connection */
+   struct extConnList *r_next;	/* Next item in the linked list */
+} ExtConnList;
+
 /* -------------------- Search context information -------------------- */
 
 /* Search contexts are used in hierarchical searches */
@@ -651,6 +665,7 @@ typedef struct treeFilter
 #define TF_LABEL_ATTACH_NOT_SE	0x10	/* Same as above, ignore tile SE corner */
 #define TF_LABEL_ATTACH_NOT_SW	0x20	/* Same as above, ignore tile SW corner */
 #define TF_LABEL_ATTACH_CORNER	0x3C	/* Mask of the four types above */
+#define TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH 0x40	/* Search children before parent */
 
 /* To do:  Make the tpath entries dynamically allocated */
 #define FLATTERMSIZE 4096		/* Used for generating flattened labels */
@@ -719,6 +734,7 @@ typedef struct
 	char  prop_string[8];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_STRING */
 	int   prop_integer[2];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER or _DIMENSION */
 	dlong prop_double[1];	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE */
+	Plane *prop_plane;	/* For PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE */
     } prop_value;
 } PropertyRecord;
 
@@ -760,6 +776,7 @@ typedef struct
 #define PROPERTY_TYPE_INTEGER	1	/* Fixed integer property */
 #define PROPERTY_TYPE_DIMENSION	2	/* Integer property that scales with units */
 #define PROPERTY_TYPE_DOUBLE	3	/* Double-long integer (for file positions) */
+#define PROPERTY_TYPE_PLANE	4	/* A tile plane structure */
 
 /* -------------------- Exported procedure headers -------------------- */
 
@@ -1059,6 +1076,19 @@ extern unsigned char DBVerbose;	/* If 0, don't print any messages	*/
 #define DB_VERBOSE_WARN	2
 #define DB_VERBOSE_ALL	3
 
+/* ---------- Definitions for expanding/unexpanding cells --------------*/
+
+/* Selection expansion flags */
+#define DB_EXPAND_MASK	 	3	/* 1 = expand, 0 = unexpand, 2 = toggle */
+#define DB_EXPAND_SURROUND_MASK	4	/* 1 = surround, 0 = touch */
+
+/* Selection expansion values */
+#define DB_EXPAND      	   0
+#define DB_UNEXPAND        1
+#define DB_EXPAND_TOGGLE   2
+#define DB_EXPAND_SURROUND 4
+#define DB_EXPAND_OVERLAP  0
+
 /* ------------------ Exported technology variables ------------------- */
 
 /***

dbwind/DBWbuttons.c

@@ -131,8 +131,11 @@ DBWAddButtonHandler(
     for (i = 0; i < MAXBUTTONHANDLERS; i++)
     {
 	if (dbwButtonHandlers[i] != NULL) continue;
-	(void) StrDup(&dbwButtonHandlers[i], name);
+	StrDup(&dbwButtonHandlers[i], name);
-	(void) StrDup(&dbwButtonDoc[i], doc);
+	if (doc != NULL)
+	    StrDup(&dbwButtonDoc[i], doc);
+	else
+	    dbwButtonDoc[i] = (char *)NULL;
 	dbwButtonProcs[i] = proc;
 	dbwButtonCursors[i] = cursor;
 	return;
@@ -273,6 +276,37 @@ DBWGetButtonHandler()
     return dbwButtonHandlers[dbwButtonCurrentIndex];
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * DBWButtonHandlerIndex()
+ *
+ *	Given a string, return the index of the button handler.  If the
+ *	string does not correspond to any button handler name, then
+ *	return -1.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Index of button handler, if it exists;  -1 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+DBWButtonHandlerIndex(char *toolName)
+{
+    int i;
+
+    for (i = 0; i < MAXBUTTONHANDLERS; i++)
+    {
+	if (dbwButtonHandlers[i] == NULL) return -1;
+	else if (!strcmp(toolName, dbwButtonHandlers[i])) return i;
+    }
+    return -1;
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -294,7 +328,10 @@ DBWGetButtonHandler()
 void
 DBWPrintButtonDoc()
 {
-    TxPrintf("%s", dbwButtonDoc[dbwButtonCurrentIndex]);
+    if (dbwButtonDoc[dbwButtonCurrentIndex])
+	TxPrintf("%s", dbwButtonDoc[dbwButtonCurrentIndex]);
+    else
+	TxPrintf("(no usage information)\n");
 }
 
 

dbwind/DBWcommands.c

@@ -149,6 +149,9 @@ extern void CmdAutoExtToSpice();
 #else
 extern void CmdExtToSpice();
 #endif
+#else  /* !MAGIC_WRAPPER */
+extern void CmdExtToSim();
+extern void CmdExtToSpice();
 #endif
 
 /*
@@ -568,8 +571,26 @@ DBWInitCommands()
 	"ext2spice [args]	convert extracted file(s) to a SPICE format file;"
 	" type\n\t\t\t\"ext2spice help\" for information on options",
 	CmdExtToSpice, FALSE);
-#endif	/* EXT2SPICE_AUTO */
+#endif /* EXT2SPICE_AUTO */
-#endif  /* MAGIC_WRAPPER */
+#else  /* !MAGIC_WRAPPER */
+    /* In non-Tcl builds (e.g. WASM), register the C implementations directly */
+    WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
+	"exttosim [args]	convert extracted file(s) to a sim format file;"
+	" type\n\t\t\t\"exttosim help\" for information on options",
+	CmdExtToSim, FALSE);
+    WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
+	"ext2sim [args]	convert extracted file(s) to a sim format file;"
+	" type\n\t\t\t\"ext2sim help\" for information on options",
+	CmdExtToSim, FALSE);
+    WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
+	"exttospice [args]	convert extracted file(s) to a SPICE format file;"
+	" type\n\t\t\t\"exttospice help\" for information on options",
+	CmdExtToSpice, FALSE);
+    WindAddCommand(DBWclientID,
+	"ext2spice [args]	convert extracted file(s) to a SPICE format file;"
+	" type\n\t\t\t\"ext2spice help\" for information on options",
+	CmdExtToSpice, FALSE);
+#endif /* MAGIC_WRAPPER */
 
 
 #ifdef USE_READLINE

dbwind/DBWdisplay.c

@@ -421,7 +421,8 @@ DBWredisplay(w, rootArea, clipArea)
         /* Set style information beforehand */
         GrSetStuff(STYLE_LABEL);
 	(void) DBTreeSrLabels(&scontext, &DBAllTypeBits, bitMask,
-		(TerminalPath *) NULL, TF_LABEL_DISPLAY | TF_LABEL_ATTACH,
+		(TerminalPath *) NULL,
+		TF_LABEL_DISPLAY | TF_LABEL_ATTACH | TF_LABEL_REVERSE_SEARCH,
 		dbwLabelFunc, (ClientData)(&crec->dbw_visibleLayers));
 	GrClipTo(&rootClip);
     }

dbwind/DBWelement.c

@@ -867,8 +867,11 @@ dbwelemGetTransform(use, transform, cdarg)
     return 1;
 }
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-dbwElementAlways1()
+dbwElementAlways1(w, clientData)
+    MagWindow *w;		/* UNUSED */
+    ClientData clientData;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     return 1;
 }

dbwind/DBWfdback.c

@@ -531,8 +531,11 @@ dbwfbGetTransform(use, transform, cdarg)
  * cell.
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-dbwfbWindFunc()
+dbwfbWindFunc(w, clientData)
+    MagWindow *w;		/* UNUSED */
+    ClientData clientData;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     return 1;
 }

dbwind/DBWhlights.c

@@ -357,9 +357,11 @@ DBWHLRedrawPrepWindow(MagWindow *window, Rect *area)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-DBWHLRedrawWind(window)
+DBWHLRedrawWind(window, clientData)
     MagWindow *window;		/* Window in which to redraw highlights. */
+    ClientData clientData;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     int i;
     DBWclientRec *crec;

dbwind/DBWprocs.c

@@ -546,12 +546,12 @@ DBWloadWindow(window, name, flags)
 	newEditUse = DBCellNewUse(newEditDef, (char *) NULL);
 	(void) StrDup(&(newEditUse->cu_id), "Topmost cell in the window");
 	DBExpand(newEditUse,
-		((DBWclientRec *)window->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask, TRUE);
+		((DBWclientRec *)window->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask, DB_EXPAND);
 
 	if (expand)
 	    DBExpandAll(newEditUse, &(newEditUse->cu_bbox),
 			((DBWclientRec *)window->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask,
-			FALSE, UnexpandFunc,
+			DB_UNEXPAND, UnexpandFunc,
 			INT2CD(((DBWclientRec *)window->w_clientData)->dbw_bitmask));
 
 	if (newEdit)

dbwind/dbwind.h

@@ -152,6 +152,7 @@ extern void DBWAddButtonHandler(const char *name, const cb_database_buttonhandle
                                 int cursor, const char *doc);
 extern char *DBWGetButtonHandler();
 extern char *DBWChangeButtonHandler();
+extern int  DBWButtonHandlerIndex();
 extern void DBWPrintButtonDoc();
 extern void DBWBoxHandler();
 

doc/html/cellname.html

@@ -71,12 +71,15 @@ Operations on cell definitions.
 	   <DT> <B>rename</B> <I>name newname</I>
 	   <DD> Change the name of the cell definition <I>name</I> to 
 		<I>newname</I>.
-	   <DT> <B>delete</B> <I>name</I>
+	   <DT> <B>delete</B> <I>name</I> [<B>-noprompt</B>]
 	   <DD> Delete the cell definition with name <I>name</I>.  If cell
 		<I>name</I> is a descendent of another cell, the command
 		will be prohibited.  If the cell <I>name</I> is currently
 		the topmost cell in the window, the window will be loaded
-		with default cell "(UNNAMED)".
+		with default cell "(UNNAMED)".  If option <B>-noprompt</B>
+		is specified, then the actions specified above happen
+		immediately.  Otherwise, a dialog box will be raised
+		asking for confirmation to delete the cell.
 	   <DT> <B>dereference</B> <I>name</I>
 	   <DD> Perform a flush of the cell (per the "<B>flush</B>" command),
 		first removing any file path associated with the cell, so

doc/html/commands.html

@@ -334,23 +334,23 @@
 </TR>
 <TR>
 <TD> <A HREF=undo.html> <B>undo</B></A> </TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=units.html> <B>units</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=updatedisplay.html> <B>updatedisplay</B></A> </TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=version.html> <B>version</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=version.html> <B>version</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=view.html> <B>view</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windowborder.html> <B>windowborder</B></A> </TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=windowcaption.html> <B>windowcaption</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=windowcaption.html> <B>windowcaption</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windownames.html> <B>windownames</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=windowscrollbars.html> <B>windowscrollbars</B></A> </TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=xview.html> <B>xview</B></A> </TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=xview.html> <B>xview</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=zoom.html> <B>zoom</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=tk_path_name.html> <I>tk_path_name</I></A> </TD>
+<TD> </TD>
 </TR>
 </TBODY>
 </TABLE>
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@
 <TD> <A HREF=antennacheck.html> <B>antennacheck</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=archive.html> <B>array</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=archive.html> <B>archive</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=array.html> <B>array</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=box.html> <B>box</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
@@ -402,28 +402,28 @@
 <TD> <A HREF=deletecommandentry.html> <B>deletecommandentry</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=display.html> <B>display</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=down.html> <B>down</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=drc.html> <B>drc</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=dump.html> <B>dump</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=drop.html> <B>drop</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=dump.html> <B>dump</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=edit.html> <B>edit</B></A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
 <TD> <A HREF=element.html> <B>element</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=erase.html> <B>erase</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=expand.html> <B>expand</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=expand.html> <B>expand</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=ext.html> <B>ext</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=ext2sim.html> <B>ext2sim</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=ext2spice.html> <B>ext2spice</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=ext2spice.html> <B>ext2spice</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=extract.html> <B>extract</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=extresist.html> <B>extresist</B></A></TD>
-</TR>
-<TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=ext2sim.html> <B>exttosim</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=ext2spice.html> <B>exttospice</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=feedback.html> <B>feedback</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
@@ -462,77 +462,82 @@
 <TD> <A HREF=load.html> <B>load</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=locking.html> <B>locking</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=maketoolbar.html> <B>maketoolbar</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=move.html> <B>move</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=measure.html> <B>measure</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=move.html> <B>move</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=openwrapper.html> <B>openwrapper</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=paint.html> <B>paint</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=path.html> <B>path</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=path.html> <B>path</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=peekbox.html> <B>peekbox</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=plot.html> <B>plot</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=plow.html> <B>plow</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=plow.html> <B>plow</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=polygon.html> <B>polygon</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=popbox.html> <B>popbox</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=popstack.html> <B>popstack</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=popstack.html> <B>popstack</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=port.html> <B>port</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=promptload.html> <B>promptload</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=promptsave.html> <B>promptsave</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=promptsave.html> <B>promptsave</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=property.html> <B>property</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=pushbox.html> <B>pushbox</B></A></TD>
-<TD> <A HREF=pushstack.html> <B>pushstack</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
+<TD> <A HREF=pushstack.html> <B>pushstack</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=readspice.html> <B>readspice</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=render3d.html> <B>render3d</B></A></TD>
+</TR>
+<TR>
 <TD> <A HREF=resumeall.html> <B>resumeall</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=rotate.html> <B>rotate</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=route.html> <B>route</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=route.html> <B>route</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=save.html> <B>save</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=scalegrid.html> <B>scalegrid</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=search.html> <B>search</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=search.html> <B>search</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=see.html> <B>see</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=select.html> <B>select</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=setlabel.html> <B>setlabel</B> <I>(version 8.0)</I></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=setlabel.html> <B>setlabel</B> <I>(version 8.0)</I></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=shell.html> <B>shell</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=sideways.html> <B>sideways</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=snap.html> <B>snap</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=snap.html> <B>snap</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=spliterase.html> <B>spliterase</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=splitpaint.html> <B>splitpaint</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=startup.html> <B>startup</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=startup.html> <B>startup</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=straighten.html> <B>straighten</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=stretch.html> <B>stretch</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=suspendall.html> <B>suspendall</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=suspendall.html> <B>suspendall</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=tag.html> <B>tag</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=tech.html> <B>tech</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=techmanager.html> <B>techmanager</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=techmanager.html> <B>techmanager</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=tool.html> <B>tool</B> <I>(non-Tcl version)</I></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=changetool.html> <B>tool</B> <I>(Tcl version)</I></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=unexpand.html> <B>unexpand</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
 <TR>
-<TD> <A HREF=unexpand.html> <B>unexpand</B></A></TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=units.html> <B>units</B></A> </TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=unmeasure.html> <B>unmeasure</B></A></TD>
 <TD> <A HREF=upsidedown.html> <B>upsidedown</B></A></TD>
 </TR>
@@ -543,7 +548,7 @@
 </TR>
 <TR>
 <TD> <A HREF=xload.html> <B>xload</B></A></TD>
-<TD> </TD>
+<TD> <A HREF=xor.html> <B>xor</B></A></TD>
 <TD> </TD>
 </TR>
 </TBODY>

doc/html/expand.html

@@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ expanded/unexpanded cells in the current selection.
 
 <H3>Usage:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      <B>expand</B> [<B>toggle</B>] <BR><BR>
+      <B>expand</B> [<B>selection</B>|<B>surround</B>|<B>overlap</B>|<B>all</B>]
+		[<B>toggle</B>] <BR><BR>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <H3>Shortcuts:</H3>
@@ -38,14 +39,32 @@ expanded/unexpanded cells in the current selection.
 <H3>Summary:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       The <B>expand</B> command expands the view of subcells to
-      display the contents of the subcells.  Without arguments,
+      display the contents of the subcells.
-      the <B>expand</B> command expands all unexpanded subcells that
+
-      touch or intersect the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+      Option <B>overlap</B> expands all unexpanded subcells that
+      overlap with the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>surround</B> expands all unexpanded subcells that
+      are completely surrounded by the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>all</B> expands all subcells in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>selection</B> operates on the current selection, not
+      relative to the cursor box, expanding all selected cells. <P>
+
+      Option <B>toggle</B> will expand a selected cell that is
+      unexpanded, or unexpand a cell that is already expanded.
+      <B>toggle</B> may be given as an additional option to any
+      of the other options above; however, the <B>toggle</B> option
+      must be the last option given to the command.<P>
+
+      With no arguments, the <B>expand</B> command behaves like
+      <B>expand overlap</B>, and the <B>expand toggle</B> command
+      with no additonal arguments behaves like
+      <B>expand selection toggle</B>, for backwards-compatible
+      behavior with earlier versions of magic which offered only
+      the <B>toggle</B> option.
 
-      Option <B>expand toggle</B> operates on the current selection,
-      not relative to the cursor box, and will expand a selected
-      cell that is unexpanded, or unexpand a cell that is already
-      expanded.
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <H3>Implementation Notes:</H3>

doc/html/extract.html

@@ -102,16 +102,17 @@ Circuit netlist extractor
 			but will usually just slow down processing by commands
 			like "ext2spice" that use the .ext file contents, so it
 			is disabled by default.
-		  <DT> <B>unique</B>
+		  <DT> <B>unique</B> [<B>notopports</B>]
 		  <DD> (Added in magic version 8.3.594) This setting replaces
-			the use of the command option "extract unique".  Instead
+			the use of the command option "extract unique" (and
-			of changing labels in the design, unique labels are
+			"extract unique notopports").  Instead of changing labels
-			generated for the duration of the extraction, and then
+			in the design, unique labels are generated for the duration
-			reverted back to the original text.  The "extract unique"
+			of the extraction, and then reverted back to the original
-			command option is maintained for backwards compatibility.
+			text.  The "extract unique" command option is maintained
-			Note the difference:  "extract unique" is a command that
+			for backwards compatibility.  Note the difference:
-			runs immediately, and cannot be undone;
+			"extract unique" is a command that runs immediately, and
-			"extract do unique" is an option setting for "extract".
+			cannot be undone; "extract do unique" is an option setting
+			for "extract".
 		  <DT> <B>resistance</B>
 		  <DD> (Added in magic version 8.3.597) This setting replaces
 			the use of the standalone command "extresist".  The

doc/html/extresist.html

@@ -30,11 +30,30 @@ information.
       <BLOCKQUOTE>
          where <I>option</I> may be one of the following:
 	 <DL>
-	   <DT> <B>tolerance</B> <I>value</I>
-	   <DD> Set the ratio between resistor and transistor tolerance
-		for determining when to insert resistance into a network route.
 	   <DT> <B>all</B>
 	   <DD> Extract all the nets.
+	   <DT> <B>threshold</B> [<I>value</I>]
+	   <DD> With no value given, returns the current lumped resistance
+		threshold used to determine if a network will or will not be
+		analyzed for resistance extraction, in milliohms.  The default
+		<B>threshold</B> value is 10000 milliohms (10 ohms).  If
+		<I>value</I> is given, then set the lumped resistance threshold
+		to <I>value</I> milliohms.
+	   <DT> <B>mindelay</B> [<I>value</I>]
+	   <DD> With no value given, returns the current delay time threshold
+		used to determine if a network will or will not be analyzed for
+		resistance extraction, in picoseconds.  The default
+		<B>mindelay</B> value is 1ps.  If <I>value</I> is given,
+		then set the delay threshold to <I>value</I> picoseconds.
+	   <DT> <B>minres</B> [<I>value</I>]
+	   <DD> With no value given, returns the current absolute resistance
+		threshold used to prune small resistances from a network when
+		simplifying, in milliohms.  The default <B>minres</B> value
+		is 1000 milliohms (1 ohm).  If <I>value</I> is given, then set
+		the absolute resistance threshold to <I>value</I> milliohms.
+		Note that resistances smaller than <I>value</I> may still
+		appear in the output netlist if the algorithm is unable to
+		simplify the network around the resistor.
 	   <DT> <B>simplify</B> [<B>on</B>|<B>off</B>]
 	   <DD> Turn on/off simplification of resistor nets.
 	   <DT> <B>extout</B> [<B>on</B>|<B>off</B>]
@@ -42,7 +61,9 @@ information.
 	   <DT> <B>lumped</B> [<B>on</B>|<B>off</B>]
 	   <DD> Turn on/off writing of updated lumped resistances.
 	   <DT> <B>silent</B> [<B>on</B>|<B>off</B>]
-	   <DD> Turn off/on printing of net statistics.
+	   <DD> Turn off/on printing of nets being processed.
+	   <DT> <B>debug</B> [<B>on</B>|<B>off</B>]
+	   <DD> Turn off/on additional diagnostic information.
 	   <DT> <B>skip</B> <I>mask</I>
 	   <DD> Don't extract types indicated in the comma-separated list <I>mask</I>
 	   <DT> <B>ignore</B> [<I>netname</I>|<B>none</B>]
@@ -69,6 +90,8 @@ information.
 		<TT>.fh</TT> file.  If <I>freq</I> is specified, the file will
 		be customized for <B>fasthenry</B> analysis at the indicated
 		frequency (in Hz).
+	   <DT> <B>tolerance</B> <I>value</I>
+	   <DD> <I>Deprecated!</I>  This option is no longer used by extresist.
 	   <DT> <B>help</B>
 	   <DD> Print help information
 	 </DL>
@@ -79,9 +102,9 @@ information.
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       The normal flow through layout extraction into a simulation file
       treats routes as nonphysical entities, that is, with infinitesimal
-      impedence through the wires.  Extraction for digital simulation
+      impedence through the wires.  Standard extraction generates "lumped
-      using <B>irsim</B> generates "lumped resistances", a single
+      resistance" values, a single resistance per network node that, along
-      resistance per network node that, along with the node capacitance
+      with the node capacitance
       to substrate, provides an <I>RC</I> time constant to approximately
       model the delay from point to point in the network node.  The
       lumped resistance model is inappropriate for analog (i.e., SPICE)
@@ -96,10 +119,9 @@ information.
 
       Using <B>extresist</B> as a standalone command is a multi-step
       process.  It is first necessary to run <B>extract</B> to get
-      the initial netlist.
+      the initial netlist.  After a <TT>.ext</TT> file has been generated,
-      After a <TT>.ext</TT> file has been generated, the
+      the <B>extresist</B> command may be run.  The output is a file
-      <B>extresist</B> command may be run.  The output is
+      <TT>.res.ext</TT> for each cell in the hierarchy.
-      a file <TT>.res.ext</TT> for each cell in the hierarchy.
       Finally, with the option <B>extresist on</B> set, <B>ext2spice</B>
       will generate the final, detailed simulation file. <P>
 
@@ -110,7 +132,42 @@ information.
       magic version 8.3.597 an option <B>extract do resistance</B>
       that runs the resistance extraction in sequence with the regular
       extraction, producing both the <TT>.ext</TT> and <TT>.res.ext</TT>
-      files.
+      files.  When <B>extract do resistance</B> is used, there is no need
+      to run <B>extresist</B> as a separate command.  However,
+      <B>extresist</B> may be run prior to <B>extract</B> to set the
+      options that affect resistance network extraction, such as
+      <B>extresist threshold</B>, <B>extresist minres</B>, etc. <P>
+
+      As of magic version 8.3.653, the <B>extresist tolerance</B> option
+      is deprecated and has no effect on network resistance extraction.
+      Instead, extraction is controlled by three main options: <P>
+     
+      <B>extresist threshold</B> (value in milliohms) sets a cutoff for
+      considering a network for detailed resistance extraction based on
+      the lumped resistance estimate (see above).  For point-to-point
+      wires, the lumped resistance is approximately equal to the actual
+      wire resistance.  For branching networks, it will generally be an
+      over-estimate.  The default <B>threshold</B> value is set to
+      10 ohms. <P>
+
+      <B>extresist minres</B> (value in milliohms) sets a cutoff for
+      individual resistors in the detailed resistor network.  Resistors
+      below this threshold will get pruned out of the network if the
+      simplification algorithm is able to remove them.  The default
+      <B>minres</B> value is set to 1 ohm. <P>
+
+      <B>extresist mindelay</B> (value in picoseconds) sets a cutoff for
+      considering a network for detailed resistance extraction based on
+      the end-to-end delay calculated from the lumped resistance
+      estimate.  Once the network has been extracted, the <B>mindelay</B>
+      value is again evaluated against a revised calculation of the
+      delay to determine if the extracted detailed network should be
+      output.  The default <B>mindelay<B> value is set to 0, indicating
+      that only the lumped resistance threshold should be used for
+      determining when to extract a detailed resistance network.
+      <B>mindelay</B> may be used in place of <B>threshold</B>, or both
+      may be used together, in which case a network is only extracted
+      if both <B>threshold</B> and <B>mindelay</B> are exceeded. <P>
 
       More details on using <B>extresist</B> can be found in
       <B>magic</B> Tutorial number 8.
@@ -134,6 +191,6 @@ information.
     <TD> <A HREF=commands.html>Return to command index</A>
   </TR>
 </TABLE>
-<P><I>Last updated:</I> October 4, 2021 at 3:32pm <P>
+<P><I>Last updated:</I> May 29, 2026 at 11:33am <P>
 </BODY>
 </HTML>

doc/html/label.html

@@ -87,6 +87,50 @@ Place a label in the layout
       to another layer. <P>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
+   <BLOCKQUOTE>
+      <B>Attribute labels:</B> <P>
+      A handful of labels are referred to as "attribute" labels.  These
+      label types are placed on devices and affect how the device is
+      extracted. <P>
+
+      A label that is placed inside a device (e.g., a MOSFET gate) which
+      ends with the character "<B>^</B>" is a <I>gate attribute</I>.  A
+      gate attribute in the form of "<I>name</I><B>=</B><I>value</I><B>^</B>"
+      specifies an extra parameter to be passed to the device in addition
+      to the standard parameters calculated for that device.  This is used
+      to capture parameters which cannot easily be inferred from the layout.
+      For example, an RF device model might be distinguished from a non-RF
+      device model by a parameter such as <B>rfmode=1</B>.  Whether or not
+      a device is intended for RF use is not easily guessed from the layout,
+      and so "tagging" the gate with the parameter allows the correct model
+      parameters to be used for the device. <P>
+
+      A gate attribute that is not in the form of a parameter will be used
+      as the device's instance index in the netlist;  e.g.,  a label of
+      "<B>1^</B>" on a MOSFET gate extracted as a MOSFET device would be an
+      entry "<B>M1</B>" in the netlist.  This can be used to better track
+      device indexes between a schematic and layout. <P>
+
+      A label that is placed on the <I>edge</I> a device, specificlly  a
+      MOSFET gate, and which ends with the character "<B>$</B>", is a
+      <I>terminal attribute</I>.  The only terminal attributes recognized
+      by magic are <B>S$</B> and <B>D$</B>, which specify which side of the
+      gate is to be considered the source and which is to be considered the
+      drain.  Generally, MOSFET devices are symmetric, and their use in a
+      simulation does not depend on which side is in the position of the
+      "source" and which is in the position of the "drain".  To the extent
+      that it matters, the terminal attributes can be used to ensure that
+      the source and drain connections appear in the netlist in their
+      intended orientation. <P>
+
+      Labels ending with "<B>@</B>" are <I>node attributes</I>.  There is
+      currently no functional application for node attributes.  When one
+      is applied, it will appear in the output netlist in a SPICE comment
+      line indicating the node and attribute.  This could be used, say,
+      by a post-processing script, but as it is in a comment line, it has
+      no impact on simulation or LVS.
+   </BLOCKQUOTE>
+
 <H3>Implementation Notes:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       <B>label</B> is implemented as a built-in command in <B>magic</B>.

doc/html/macro.html

@@ -20,22 +20,64 @@
 
 <H2>macro</H2>
 <HR>
-Define or print a macro called char
+Define or print a key or button macro binding.
 <HR>
 
 <H3>Usage:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      <B>macro</B> [<I>window_type</I>] [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]] <BR><BR>
+      <B>macro</B> [<I>window_type</I>] [<I>option</I>] [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]]
+		<BR><BR>
       <BLOCKQUOTE>
 	 where <I>key</I> is the name of a valid key (see below), and
 	 <I>value</I> is a <B>magic</B> command-line command.  If
-	 present, <I>window_type</I> must be one of the four window
+	 present, <I>window_type</I> must be one of the known valid window
-	 types accepted by the <B>specialopen</B> command:  <B>layout</B>,
+	 types accepted by the <B>specialopen</B> command (<B>color</B>,
-	 <B>color</B>, <B>netlist</B>, and <B>wind3d</B>.  If omitted,
+	 <B>netlist</B>, and <B>wind3d</B>), or a known layout tool
-	 the layout window is assumed by default, unless the command has
+	 (<B>box</B>, <B>wiring</B>, <B>nettool</B>, or <B>pick</B>).  If
-	 been called from inside a window (using the colon or semicolon
+	 omitted, the layout window is assumed by default, unless the command
+	 has been called from inside a window (using the colon or semicolon
 	 escape to the command-line), in which case that window type is
-	 assumed.
+	 assumed. <P>
+
+	 In the non-Tcl version of magic, the <I>window_type</I> must be
+	 one of the three valid window types listed above, or <B>layout</B>.
+	 Tool button bindings are hard-coded, fixed, and unknown to the
+	 macro handler. <P>
+
+	 In the Tcl version of magic, tool types are generated by
+	 procedure and can be modified or overridden.  The four tools
+	 listed above are the default tools known to magic.  If no window
+	 or tool type is given, then the current tool in the current
+	 active layout window is assumed.<P>
+
+	 <I>option</I> may be one of the following:
+	 <DL>
+	    <DT> <B>list</B> [<B>-reverse</B>]
+	    <DD> The key bindings are returned in the form of a Tcl list
+		(Tcl version of magic only).  The returned value is a
+		single list with alternating entries of the macro key and
+		the macro binding.  In Tcl, this list can be treated as a
+		dictionary type of key:value pairs.  With the <B>-reverse</B>
+		option, the keys and values are reversed, resulting in a
+		dictionary that can be searched or listed by function.
+	    <DT> <B>help</B>
+	    <DD> Curently, <B>macro help</B> is equivalent to <B>macro</B>
+		 without arguments, and returns a full list of macro names
+		 and their bindings.
+	    <DT> <B>search</B> <I>text</I>
+	    <DD> Return only results which match (all or in part) the string
+		 <I>text</I>.  For example, <B>macro search grid</B> will
+		 return all key bindings that include the command <B>grid</B>.
+	    <DT> <B>copy</B> <I>tool_name</I>
+	    <DD> This is a method introduced to allow the interactive creation
+		 of new tools, in the Tcl version of magic.  Each tool is defined
+		 specifically by its unique button and key bindings.  Because
+		 tools generally keep most of the same default bindings, the
+		 <B>copy</B> option will copy all the existing bindings to the
+		 new tool from the current tool.  This can be followed by
+		 switching to the new tool and replacing macros with ones
+		 unique to the tool.
+	 </DL>
       </BLOCKQUOTE>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
@@ -72,7 +114,6 @@ Define or print a macro called char
       etc., the <B>macro</B> command accepts the abbreviated
       forms <B>Button1</B>, and so forth. <P>
 
-
       Finally, key modifiers may be prepended to the key name.
       Valid key modifiers are <B>Shift_</B>, <B>Control_</B>,
       <B>Alt_</B>, and <B>Meta_</B>, and may be coupled in any
@@ -89,6 +130,7 @@ Define or print a macro called char
 <H3>See Also:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       <A HREF=imacro.html><B>imacro</B></A> <BR>
+      <A HREF=toolchange.html><B>tool</B></A> (Tcl version) <BR>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <P><IMG SRC=graphics/line1.gif><P>

doc/html/property.html

@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
 
 <H3>Usage:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      <B>property</B> [<I>type</I>] [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]] <BR>
+      <B>property</B> [<I>list</I>] [<I>type</I>] [<I>key</I> [<I>value</I>]] <BR>
 	or
       <B>property</B> [<B>compat</B>] [<B>true</B>|<B>false</B>] <BR><BR>
       <BLOCKQUOTE>
@@ -64,6 +64,13 @@ Attach a "property" (string key and value pair) to the edit cell
       .mag file.  However, if the user wants to create a property that
       is handled differently than a string (namely, to be a dimensional
       value that scales), then comptability mode should be turned off. <P>
+
+      If the argument <I>list</I> is given as the first argument, and
+      <I>value</I> is not present, then if the property <I>key</I>
+      does not exist, then the command will return a NULL object to the
+      interpreter instead of printing an error message.  This is the
+      "quiet" version of the command preferred for scripts that want to
+      query whether or not a specific property exists.
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
    <BLOCKQUOTE>

doc/html/unexpand.html

@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ Unexpand everything inside or touching the cursor box.
 
 <H3>Usage:</H3>
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
-      <B>unexpand</B> <BR><BR>
+      <B>unexpand</B> [<B>selection</B>|<B>surround</B>|<B>overlap</B>|<B>all</B>]
+		<BR><BR>
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <H3>Shortcuts:</H3>
@@ -37,8 +38,23 @@ Unexpand everything inside or touching the cursor box.
    <BLOCKQUOTE>
       The <B>unexpand</B> command unexpands the view of subcells to
       hide the contents of the subcells and show the bounding box
-      outline only.  The <B>unexpand</B> command unexpands all subcells
+      outline only.
-      that touch or intersect the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>overlap</B> unexpands all expanded subcells that
+      overlap with the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>surround</B> unexpands all expanded subcells that
+      are completely surrounded by the cursor box in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>all</B> unexpands all subcells in the layout window. <P>
+
+      Option <B>selection</B> operates on the current selection, not
+      relative to the cursor box, unexpanding all selected cells. <P>
+
+      With no arguments, the <B>unexpand</B> command behaves like
+      <B>unexpand surround</B>, for backwards-compatible behavior with
+      earlier versions of magic which did not offer the options.
+
    </BLOCKQUOTE>
 
 <H3>Implementation Notes:</H3>

drc/DRCarray.c

@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ extern int drcArrayYankFunc(), drcArrayOverlapFunc();
 static DRCCookie drcArrayCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_ARRAY_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };

drc/DRCbasic.c

@@ -27,6 +27,8 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>		// for memcpy()
 #include <math.h>		// for sqrt() for diagonal check
+
+#include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "tiles/tile.h"
@@ -36,7 +38,9 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/signals.h"
 #include "utils/maxrect.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
+#include "utils/undo.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
+#include "cif/CIFint.h"
 
 int dbDRCDebug = 0;
 
@@ -48,7 +52,7 @@ int dbDRCDebug = 0;
 static DRCCookie drcOverlapCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -62,7 +66,33 @@ extern MaxRectsData *drcCanonicalMaxwidth();
 /*
  *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
- * drcCifPointToSegment
+ * drcFoundOneFunc --
+ *
+ *	Simple callback for a plane search on a mask-hint plane inside
+ *	a DRC check area.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Return 1 always, indicating that a tile has been found in the
+ *	DRC search area, and the search can end.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+drcFoundOneFunc(Tile *tile,
+    TileType dinfo,
+    ClientData cdata)
+{
+    return 1;
+}
+
+/*
+ *-----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * drcCifPointToSegment --
  *
  *	Euclidean-distance point-to-segment distance (squared)
  *	calculation (borrowed from XCircuit)
@@ -468,12 +498,39 @@ DRCBasicCheck (celldef, checkRect, clipRect, function, cdata)
 	DBResetTilePlane(celldef->cd_planes[planeNum], DRC_UNPROCESSED);
         (void) DBSrPaintArea ((Tile *) NULL, celldef->cd_planes[planeNum],
 		checkRect, &DBAllTypeBits, drcTile, (ClientData) &arg);
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	/* Execute pending Tcl events, so the DRC process doesn't block.    */
+
+	/* WARNING:  This code cannot be enabled until some method is
+	 * worked out to determine if any event resulted in a change
+	 * to the DRC check plane which would invalidate the current
+	 * search.  If so, the search must end immediately and the
+	 * area being checked must be reinstated.  The code was added
+	 * to see how it speeds up the response time of magic when
+	 * some of the DRC rules are compute-intensive.  It speeds up
+	 * performance enough that it is worthwhile to implement the
+	 * method just mentioned.
+	 */
+	#if 0
+	UndoEnable();
+	while (Tcl_DoOneEvent(TCL_DONT_WAIT));
+	UndoDisable();
+	#endif
+#endif
     }
     drcCifCheck(&arg);
     if (arg.dCD_rlist != NULL) freeMagic(arg.dCD_rlist);
     return (errors);
 }
 
+/* Expect that keeping around 3 MaxRectsData records should be sufficient
+ * to avoid recomputing drcCanonicalMaxwidth() multiple times.  Note that
+ * if a PDK sets up multiple rules on an edge which all require running
+ * drcCanonicalMaxwidth(), then this cache size may need to be revisited.
+ */
+#define MAXRECTSCACHE 3
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -511,6 +568,19 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
     int triggered;
     int cdist, dist, ccdist, result;
 
+    /* Keep up to three MaxRectsData records to avoid doing the	same
+     * expensive computation more than once.
+     *
+     * mrdcache[0] will be used for the tpleft tile, since it will never
+     * be reused.  mrdcache[1] and mrdcache[2] will be used for the tile
+     * itself.  Note that if more than 2 DRCCookie entries for the same
+     * edge require drcCanonicalMaxwidth(), then mrdcache[2] will be
+     * re-used so that at least mrdcache[1] is always a cache hit.
+     */
+
+    static MaxRectsData *mrdcache[MAXRECTSCACHE] = {NULL, NULL, NULL};
+    DRCCookie *cptrcache;
+
     arg->dCD_constraint = &errRect;
 
     /*
@@ -652,6 +722,8 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 	DRCstatEdges++;
     }
 
+    cptrcache = NULL;
+
     /*
      * Check design rules along a vertical boundary between two tiles.
      *
@@ -696,7 +768,6 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 	int edgeX = LEFT(tile);
 
 	firsttile = TRUE;
-	mrd = NULL;
         for (tpleft = BL(tile); BOTTOM(tpleft) < top; tpleft = RT(tpleft))
         {
 	    /* Get the tile types to the left and right of the edge */
@@ -727,6 +798,44 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 	    for (cptr = DRCCurStyle->DRCRulesTbl[to][tt]; cptr != (DRCCookie *) NULL;
 			cptr = cptr->drcc_next)
 	    {
+		/* Handle rule exceptions and exemptions */
+		if (cptr->drcc_exception != DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE)
+		{
+		    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		    bool propfound, isinside = FALSE;
+		    char *name;
+		    int idx = cptr->drcc_exception & ~DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK;
+		    name = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[idx];
+
+		    /* Is there any exception area defined? */
+		    proprec = DBPropGet(arg->dCD_celldef, name, &propfound);
+
+		    /* If an exception area exists, is the error edge inside? */
+		    if (propfound)
+		    {
+			Rect redge;
+
+			redge.r_xbot = redge.r_xtop = edgeX;
+			redge.r_ybot = edgeBot;
+			redge.r_ytop = edgeTop;
+
+			if (DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&redge, &CIFSolidBits, drcFoundOneFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL) == 1)
+			    isinside = TRUE;
+		    }
+
+		    /* Exemption rules are ignored if the edge is inside
+		     * an exception area.  Exception rules are ignored if
+		     * the edge is outside an exception area.
+		     */
+		    if (!isinside && ((cptr->drcc_exception & DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK) == 0))
+			continue;
+		    if (isinside && ((cptr->drcc_exception & DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK) != 0))
+			continue;
+		}
+
 	    	/* DRC_ANGLES_90 and DRC_SPLITTILE rules are handled by	*/
 		/* the code above for non-Manhattan shapes and do not	*/
 		/* need to be processed again.				*/
@@ -748,6 +857,7 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 		}
 
 		DRCstatRules++;
+		if (!triggered) mrd = NULL;
 
 		if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_AREA)
 		{
@@ -769,12 +879,23 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 
 		    if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)
 		    {
-			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tpleft, GEO_WEST, arg, cptr);
+			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tpleft, GEO_WEST, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[0]);
 			triggered = 0;
 		    }
-		    else if (firsttile)
+		    else
 		    {
-			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_EAST, arg, cptr);
+			if (cptrcache == NULL)
+			{
+			    mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_EAST, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[1]);
+			    cptrcache = cptr;
+			}
+			else if (cptrcache != cptr)
+			    mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_EAST, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[2]);
+			else
+			    mrd = (mrdcache[1]->entries == 0) ? NULL : mrdcache[1];
 			triggered = 0;
 		    }
 		    if (!trigpending || (DRCCurStyle->DRCFlags
@@ -1065,6 +1186,8 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
         }
     }
 
+    cptrcache = NULL;
+
     /*
      * Check design rules along a horizontal boundary between two tiles.
      *
@@ -1104,7 +1227,6 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 
 	/* Go right across bottom of tile */
 	firsttile = TRUE;
-	mrd = NULL;
         for (tpbot = LB(tile); LEFT(tpbot) < right; tpbot = TR(tpbot))
         {
 	    /* Get the tile types to the top and bottom of the edge */
@@ -1136,6 +1258,44 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 	    for (cptr = DRCCurStyle->DRCRulesTbl[to][tt]; cptr != (DRCCookie *) NULL;
 				cptr = cptr->drcc_next)
 	    {
+		/* Handle rule exceptions and exemptions */
+		if (cptr->drcc_exception != DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE)
+		{
+		    PropertyRecord *proprec;
+		    bool propfound, isinside = FALSE;
+		    char *name;
+		    int idx = cptr->drcc_exception & ~DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK;
+		    name = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[idx];
+
+		    /* Is there any exception area defined? */
+		    proprec = DBPropGet(arg->dCD_celldef, name, &propfound);
+
+		    /* If an exception area exists, is the error edge inside? */
+		    if (propfound)
+		    {
+			Rect redge;
+
+			redge.r_ybot = redge.r_ytop = edgeY;
+			redge.r_xbot = edgeLeft;
+			redge.r_xtop = edgeRight;
+
+			if (DBSrPaintArea(PlaneGetHint(proprec->prop_value.prop_plane),
+				proprec->prop_value.prop_plane,
+				&redge, &CIFSolidBits, drcFoundOneFunc,
+				(ClientData)NULL) == 1)
+			    isinside = TRUE;
+		    }
+
+		    /* Exemption rules are ignored if the edge is inside
+		     * an exception area.  Exception rules are ignored if
+		     * the edge is outside an exception area.
+		     */
+		    if (!isinside && ((cptr->drcc_exception & DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK) == 0))
+			continue;
+		    if (isinside && ((cptr->drcc_exception & DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK) != 0))
+			continue;
+		}
+
 	    	/* DRC_ANGLES_90 and DRC_SPLITTILE rules are handled by	*/
 		/* the code above for non-Manhattan shapes and do not	*/
 		/* need to be processed again.				*/
@@ -1157,6 +1317,7 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 		}
 
 		DRCstatRules++;
+		if (!triggered) mrd = NULL;
 
 		/* top to bottom */
 
@@ -1173,12 +1334,23 @@ drcTile (tile, dinfo, arg)
 
 		    if (cptr->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)
 		    {
-			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tpbot, GEO_SOUTH, arg, cptr);
+			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tpbot, GEO_SOUTH, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[0]);
 			triggered = 0;
 		    }
-		    else if (firsttile)
+		    else
 		    {
-			mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_NORTH, arg, cptr);
+			if (cptrcache == NULL)
+			{
+			    mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_NORTH, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[1]);
+			    cptrcache = cptr;
+			}
+			else if (cptrcache != cptr)
+			    mrd = drcCanonicalMaxwidth(tile, GEO_NORTH, arg, cptr,
+					&mrdcache[2]);
+			else
+			    mrd = (mrdcache[1]->entries == 0) ? NULL : mrdcache[1];
 			triggered = 0;
 		    }
 		    if (!trigpending || (DRCCurStyle->DRCFlags

drc/DRCextend.c

@@ -510,16 +510,17 @@ MaxRectsExclude(
  */
 
 MaxRectsData *
-drcCanonicalMaxwidth(starttile, dir, arg, cptr)
+drcCanonicalMaxwidth(starttile, dir, arg, cptr, mrdptr)
     Tile	*starttile;
     int		dir;			/* direction of rule */
     struct	drcClientData	*arg;
     DRCCookie	*cptr;
+    MaxRectsData **mrdptr;
 {
     int		    s, edgelimit;
     Tile	    *tile,*tp;
     TileTypeBitMask wrongtypes;
-    static MaxRectsData *mrd = (MaxRectsData *)NULL;
+    MaxRectsData    *mrd = *mrdptr;
     Rect	    *boundrect, boundorig;
 
     /* Generate an initial array size of 8 for rlist and swap. */
@@ -529,6 +530,7 @@ drcCanonicalMaxwidth(starttile, dir, arg, cptr)
 	mrd->rlist = (Rect *)mallocMagic(8 * sizeof(Rect));
 	mrd->swap = (Rect *)mallocMagic(8 * sizeof(Rect));
 	mrd->listdepth = 8;
+	*mrdptr = mrd;
     }
     if (starttile == NULL) return mrd;
 

drc/DRCsubcell.c

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ static ClientData drcSubClientData; /* To be passed to error function. */
 static DRCCookie drcSubcellCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_SUBCELL_OVERLAP_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ static DRCCookie drcSubcellCookie = {
 static DRCCookie drcInSubCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_IN_SUBCELL_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ static DRCCookie drcInSubCookie = {
 static DRCCookie drcOffGridCookie = {
     0, 0, 0, 0,
     { {0} }, { {0} },
-    0, 0, 0,
+    0, DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE, 0, 0,
     DRC_OFFGRID_TAG,
     (DRCCookie *) NULL
 };

drc/DRCtech.c

@@ -72,6 +72,12 @@ static int drcRulesOptimized = 0;
 
 static int DRCtag = 0;
 
+/* Keep track of what rule exemption or exception is in effect
+ * while reading the DRC tech file section.
+ */
+
+static unsigned char drcCurException = DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+
 /*
  * Forward declarations.
  */
@@ -79,6 +85,7 @@ int drcWidth(), drcSpacing(), drcEdge(), drcNoOverlap();
 int drcExactOverlap(), drcExtend();
 int drcSurround(), drcRectOnly(), drcOverhang();
 int drcStepSize(), drcOption(), drcOffGrid();
+int drcException(), drcExemption();
 int drcMaxwidth(), drcArea(), drcRectangle(), drcAngles();
 int drcCifSetStyle(), drcCifWidth(), drcCifSpacing();
 int drcCifMaxwidth(), drcCifArea();
@@ -301,6 +308,12 @@ drcTechFreeStyle()
 	/* Clear the Why string list */
 	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCWhyList);
 
+	/* Clear the exception list */
+	for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	    freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i]);
+	if (DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList != (char **)NULL)
+	    freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList);
+
 	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle);
 	DRCCurStyle = NULL;
     }
@@ -384,6 +397,63 @@ drcWhyCreate(whystring)
     return DRCCurStyle->DRCWhySize;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * drcExceptionCreate --
+ *
+ * Create an entry for a DRC rule exception/exemption type, if it does
+ * not already exist.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	The index of the exception (which is an unsigned character containing
+ *	the index in the lower 7 bits and a high bit indicating if the rule
+ *	is an exception (0) or an exemption (1)).
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Adds to the DRCExceptionList if "name" has not been used before.
+ *	Calls StrDup() and increments DRCExceptionSize.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+unsigned char
+drcExceptionCreate(name)
+    char *name;
+{
+    int i;
+    char **newlist;
+
+    /* NOTE:  DRCExceptionList has "MASKHINTS_" prepended to the names */
+    for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	if (!strcmp(name, DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i] + 10))
+	    return (unsigned char)i;
+
+    /* Note that i cannot be 127 as this is reserved for DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE */
+    if (i > 126)
+    {
+	/* I would be shocked if this code ever got executed. */
+	TxError("Error:  Too many rule exceptions!  Limit is 126.\n");
+	return DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Create a new list that is one entry longer than the old list.
+     * This is not elegant but there will never be more than a handful
+     * of exceptions in a rule deck.
+     */
+    newlist = (char **)mallocMagic((i + 1) * sizeof(char *));
+    for (i = 0; i < DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize; i++)
+	newlist[i] = DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList[i];
+
+    /* The rule deck does not have the "MASKHINTS_" prefix on the name */
+    newlist[i] = (char *)mallocMagic(strlen(name) + 11);
+    sprintf(newlist[i], "MASKHINTS_%s", name);
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize++;
+    if (DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList != (char **)NULL)
+	freeMagic(DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList);
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList = newlist;
+    return (unsigned char)i;
+}
+    
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -571,6 +641,8 @@ DRCTechStyleInit()
     DRCCurStyle->DRCStepSize = 0;
     DRCCurStyle->DRCFlags = (char)0;
     DRCCurStyle->DRCWhySize = 0;
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionList = (char **)NULL;
+    DRCCurStyle->DRCExceptionSize = 0;
 
     HashInit(&DRCWhyErrorTable, 16, HT_STRINGKEYS);
 
@@ -663,6 +735,7 @@ DRCTechStyleInit()
 	    }
 
     drcCifInit();
+    drcCurException = DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
 }
 
 /*
@@ -955,6 +1028,7 @@ drcCifAssign(cookie, dist, next, mask, corner, tag, cdist, flags, planeto, plane
     (cookie)->drcc_plane = planeto;
     (cookie)->drcc_mod = 0;
     (cookie)->drcc_cmod = 0;
+    (cookie)->drcc_exception = drcCurException;
 }
 
 // This is like drcCifAssign, but checks for bad plane numbers in planeto and
@@ -1031,50 +1105,37 @@ DRCTechAddRule(sectionName, argc, argv)
 	int    (*rk_proc)();	/* Procedure implementing this keyword */
 	const char *rk_err;	/* Error message */
     } ruleKeys[] = {
-	{"angles",	 4,	4,	drcAngles,
+	{"angles",	 4,	4,	drcAngles, "layers 45|90 why"},
-    "layers 45|90 why"},
 	{"edge",	 8,	10,	drcEdge,
     "layers1 layers2 distance okTypes cornerTypes cornerDistance [option] why [plane]"},
 	{"edge4way",	 8,	10,	drcEdge,
     "layers1 layers2 distance okTypes cornerTypes cornerDistance [option] why [plane]"},
-	{"exact_overlap", 2,	2,	drcExactOverlap,
+	{"exact_overlap", 2,	2,	drcExactOverlap, "layers"},
-    "layers"},
+	{"exception",	 2,	2,	drcException, "name"},
+	{"exemption",	 2,	2,	drcExemption, "name"},
 	{"extend",	 5,	6,	drcExtend,
     "layers1 layers2 distance [option] why"},
-	{"no_overlap",	 3,	3,	drcNoOverlap,
+	{"no_overlap",	 3,	3,	drcNoOverlap, "layers1 layers2"},
-    "layers1 layers2"},
+	{"option",	 2,	2,	drcOption, "option_name option_value"},
-	{"option",	 2,	2,	drcOption,
+	{"overhang",	 5,	5,	drcOverhang, "layers1 layers2 distance why"},
-    "option_name option_value"},
+	{"rect_only",	 3,	3,	drcRectOnly, "layers why"},
-	{"overhang",	 5,	5,	drcOverhang,
-    "layers1 layers2 distance why"},
-	{"rect_only",	 3,	3,	drcRectOnly,
-    "layers why"},
 	{"spacing",	 6,	7,	drcSpacing,
     "layers1 layers2 separation [layers3] adjacency why"},
-	{"stepsize",	 2,	2,	drcStepSize,
+	{"stepsize",	 2,	2,	drcStepSize, "step_size"},
-    "step_size"},
 	{"surround",	 6,	7,	drcSurround,
     "layers1 layers2 distance presence why"},
-	{"width",	 4,	5,	drcWidth,
+	{"width",	 4,	5,	drcWidth, "layers width why"},
-    "layers width why"},
 	{"widespacing",	 7,	8,	drcSpacing,
     "layers1 width layers2 separation adjacency why"},
-        {"area",	 5,	5,	drcArea,
+        {"area",	 5,	5,	drcArea, "layers area horizon why"},
-    "layers area horizon why"},
+        {"off_grid",	 4,	4,	drcOffGrid, "layers pitch why"},
-        {"off_grid",	 4,	4,	drcOffGrid,
+        {"maxwidth",	 4,	6,	drcMaxwidth, "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-    "layers pitch why"},
+	{"cifstyle",	 2,	2,	drcCifSetStyle, "cif_style"},
-        {"maxwidth",	 4,	6,	drcMaxwidth,
+	{"cifwidth",	 4,	4,	drcCifWidth, "layers width why"},
-    "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-	{"cifstyle",	 2,	2,	drcCifSetStyle,
-    "cif_style"},
-	{"cifwidth",	 4,	4,	drcCifWidth,
-    "layers width why"},
 	{"cifspacing",	 6,	6,	drcCifSpacing,
     "layers1 layers2 separation adjacency why"},
-	{"cifarea",	 5,	5,	drcCifArea,
+	{"cifarea",	 5,	5,	drcCifArea, "layers area horizon why"},
-    "layers area horizon why"},
+	{"cifmaxwidth",	 5,	5,	drcCifMaxwidth, "layers maxwidth bends why"},
-	{"cifmaxwidth",	 5,	5,	drcCifMaxwidth,
-    "layers maxwidth bends why"},
 	{"rectangle",	5,	5,	drcRectangle,
     "layers maxwidth [even|odd|any] why"},
 	{0}
@@ -1695,7 +1756,7 @@ drcMaxwidth(argc, argv)
 	        if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pmask2, plane2))
 		    break;
 
-	    if (plane2 == plane)
+	    if (PlaneMaskHasPlane(pmask, plane2))
 		TechError("Warning:  Exclude types for \"maxwidth\" are on the "
 			"same plane and so cannot be checked.\n");
 	}
@@ -3634,6 +3695,84 @@ drcRectangle(argc, argv)
     return maxwidth;
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * drcException, drcExemption --
+ *
+ * Process a DRC exception declaration
+ * This is of the form:
+ *
+ *	exception exception_name|none
+ * or
+ *	exemption exemption_name|none
+ *
+ * e.g,
+ *
+ *	exception SRAM
+ *	exemption SRAM
+ *
+ * The exception_name or exemption_name is the suffix part of a MASKHINTS_*
+ * property name;  e.g., the name SRAM corresponds to a property called
+ * MASKHINTS_SRAM.  This declaration is followed by a block of DRC rules
+ * that are subject to the exception or the exemption.  An exception is the
+ * opposite of an exemption:  If a rule is excepted, then the rule applies
+ * within areas delineated by bounding boxes defined by the
+ * MASKHINTS_<exception_name> property.  If a rule is exempted, then the
+ * rule applies only outside of areas delineated by bounding boxes defined
+ * by the MASKHINTS_<exemption_name> property.  The block of rules subject
+ * to the exemption or exception ends with another exception or exemption
+ * declaration.  If the following rules are not to be excepted or exempted
+ * at all, then use "exception none" or "exemption none".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Returns 0.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Updates drcCurException.  drcCurException contains the index in
+ *	the lower 7 bits, and a flag in the upper bit (0 = exception rule,
+ *	1 = exemption rule).  The index can be recovered by masking off
+ *	the upper bit.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+drcException(argc, argv)
+    int argc;
+    char *argv[];
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (DRCCurStyle == NULL) return 0;
+
+    /* Assume that argc must be 2 because the parser insists upon it */
+
+    if (!strcmp(argv[1], "none"))
+	drcCurException = DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    else
+	drcCurException = drcExceptionCreate(argv[1]);
+    return (0);
+}
+
+int
+drcExemption(argc, argv)
+    int argc;
+    char *argv[];
+{
+    int i;
+
+    if (DRCCurStyle == NULL) return 0;
+
+    /* Assume that argc must be 2 because the parser insists upon it */
+
+    if (!strcmp(argv[1], "none"))
+	drcCurException = DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE;
+    else
+	drcCurException = drcExceptionCreate(argv[1]) | DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK;
+    return (0);
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -4119,6 +4258,7 @@ drcTechFinalStyle(style)
 		    if (dp->drcc_dist > next->drcc_dist) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_cdist > next->drcc_cdist) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_plane != next->drcc_plane) continue;
+		    if (dp->drcc_exception != next->drcc_exception) continue;
 		    if (dp->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)
 		    {
 			if (!(next->drcc_flags & DRC_REVERSE)) continue;

drc/drc.h

@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@ typedef struct drccookie
     TileTypeBitMask   drcc_mask;	/* Legal types on RHS */
     TileTypeBitMask   drcc_corner;	/* Types that trigger corner check */
     unsigned short    drcc_flags;	/* Miscellaneous flags, see below. */
+    unsigned char     drcc_exception;	/* Index to list of exceptions */
     int		      drcc_edgeplane;	/* Plane of edge */
     int		      drcc_plane;	/* Index of plane on which to check
 					 * legal types. */
@@ -91,6 +92,11 @@ typedef struct drccookie
 #define DRC_UNPROCESSED 		CLIENTDEFAULT
 #define DRC_PROCESSED 			1
 
+/* drcc_exception defaults to 255 meaning no exceptions/exemptions */
+#define	DRC_EXCEPTION_NONE ((unsigned char)0xff)
+/* The high bit of the value determines if this is an exception or an exemption. */
+#define DRC_EXCEPTION_MASK ((unsigned char)0x80)
+
 /*
  * Background DRC (DRC Idle proc) for Tcl-based Magic
  */
@@ -177,6 +183,8 @@ typedef struct drcstyle
     unsigned short	DRCFlags;	/* Option flags */
     char		**DRCWhyList;	/* Indexed list of "why" text strings */
     int			DRCWhySize;	/* Length of DRCWhyList */
+    char		**DRCExceptionList; /* Indexed list of DRC exceptions */
+    int			DRCExceptionSize;   /* Length of DRCExceptionList */
     PaintResultType	DRCPaintTable[NP][NT][NT];
 } DRCStyle;
 

ext2spice/ext2hier.c

@@ -757,7 +757,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 	case DEV_FET:
 	    if (source == drain)
 	    {
-		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "$ ");
+		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "; ");
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "** SOURCE/DRAIN TIED\n");
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -765,7 +765,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 	default:
 	    if (gate == source)
 	    {
-		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "$ ");
+		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "; ");
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "** SHORTED DEVICE\n");
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -844,6 +844,8 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 	    case DEV_DSUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_MSUBCKT:
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "%d", esSbckNum++);
+		if ((dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT) && esDoResistorTee)
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, "A");
 		break;
 	    default:
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "%d", esDevNum++);
@@ -920,16 +922,27 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 	    else if (dev->dev_class != DEV_MSUBCKT)
 	    {
 		if (dev->dev_nterm > 1)
-		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName, source->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+				source->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
 				"subckt", esSpiceF);
-		if (dev->dev_nterm > 2)
+	        if ((dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT) && esDoResistorTee)
-		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName, drain->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+		{
+		    /* Handle resistor "tee" model */
+		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+				gate->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+				"subckt", esSpiceF);
+		    l /= 2;	/* Halve the resistor length for each side */
+		}
+		else if (dev->dev_nterm > 2)
+		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+				drain->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
 				"subckt", esSpiceF);
 	    }
 	    else    /* class DEV_MSUBCKT */
 	    {
 		if (dev->dev_nterm > 2)
-		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName, source->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+		    spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+				source->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
 				"subckt", esSpiceF);
 	    }
 	    /* The following only applies to DEV_SUBCKT and DEV_VERILOGA, which	*/
@@ -967,6 +980,54 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 	    spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    if (sdM != 1.0)
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, " M=%g", sdM);
+
+	    if ((dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT) && esDoResistorTee)
+	    {
+		/* Repeat everything above for the second half of the "tee" resistor */
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, "\n%c%dB", devchar, esSbckNum - 1);
+
+		spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+			gate->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+			"subckt", esSpiceF);
+		spcdevOutNode(hc->hc_hierName,
+			drain->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+			"subckt", esSpiceF);
+
+		/* Get the device parameters now, and check if the substrate is	*/
+		/* passed as a parameter rather than as a node.			*/
+
+		plist = efGetDeviceParams(EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
+		for (pptr = plist; pptr != NULL; pptr = pptr->parm_next)
+		    if (pptr->parm_type[0] == 's')
+			break;
+
+		if ((pptr == NULL) && subnode)
+		{
+		    EFNode *dnode;
+
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
+		    subnodeFlat = spcdevSubstrate(hc->hc_hierName,
+				subnode->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+				dev->dev_type, esSpiceF);
+
+		    /* If a tee resistor subcircuit has a substrate pin, then the
+		     * parasitic capacitance to substrate should be assumed to be
+		     * part of the resistor subcircuit model, and so the parasitic
+		     * to substrate on the "gate" node should be forced to zero.
+		     */
+		    dnode = GetHierNode(hc, gate->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier);
+		    dnode->efnode_cap = 0;
+		}
+		/* Support for CDL format */
+		if (esFormat == CDL) fprintf(esSpiceF, " /");
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " %s", EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
+
+		/* Write all requested parameters to the subcircuit call.	*/
+		sdM = getCurDevMult();
+		spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
+		if (sdM != 1.0)
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, " M=%g", sdM);
+	    }
 	    break;
 
 	case DEV_RES:
@@ -1088,6 +1149,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -1138,6 +1200,7 @@ spcdevHierVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcHierWriteParams(hc, dev, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -1561,12 +1624,14 @@ spcsubHierVisit(
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
 spcnodeHierVisit(
     HierContext *hc,
     EFNode *node,
     int res,
-    double cap)
+    double cap,
+    ClientData cdata)	/* UNUSED */
 {
     HierName *hierName;
     bool isConnected = FALSE;
@@ -1593,7 +1658,7 @@ spcnodeHierVisit(
 	static char ntmp[MAX_STR_SIZE];
 
 	EFHNSprintf(ntmp, hierName);
-	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " $ ");
+	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " ; ");
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "** %s == %s\n", ntmp, nsn);
     }
     cap = cap  / 1000;
@@ -1603,14 +1668,14 @@ spcnodeHierVisit(
 	esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * cap);
 	if (!isConnected)
 	{
-	    if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " $");
+	    if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " ;");
 	    fprintf(esSpiceF, " **FLOATING");
 	}
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "\n");
     }
     if (node->efnode_attrs && !esNoAttrs)
     {
-	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " $ ");
+	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " ; ");
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "**nodeattr %s :",nsn );
 	for (fmt = " %s", ap = node->efnode_attrs; ap; ap = ap->efa_next)
 	{

ext2spice/ext2spice.c

@@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 	case DEV_FET:
 	    if (source == drain)
 	    {
-		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "$ ");
+		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "; ");
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "** SOURCE/DRAIN TIED\n");
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -2825,7 +2825,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 	default:
 	    if (gate == source)
 	    {
-		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "$ ");
+		if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "; ");
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "** SHORTED DEVICE\n");
 	    }
 	    break;
@@ -2901,13 +2901,17 @@ spcdevVisit(
 	    case DEV_VOLT:
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "%d", esVoltNum++);
 		break;
+	    case DEV_RSUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_SUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_VERILOGA:
-	    case DEV_RSUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_CSUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_DSUBCKT:
 	    case DEV_MSUBCKT:
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "%d", esSbckNum++);
+		if ((dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT) && esDoResistorTee)
+		    /* For resistor tee networks, use, e.g.,	*/
+		    /* "X1A" and "X1B", for clarity		*/
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, "A");
 		break;
 	    default:
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, "%d", esDevNum++);
@@ -2982,7 +2986,15 @@ spcdevVisit(
 		if (dev->dev_nterm > 1)
 		    spcdevOutNode(hierName, source->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
 				name, esSpiceF);
-		if (dev->dev_nterm > 2)
+		if ((dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT) && esDoResistorTee)
+		{
+		    l /= 2;	/* Halve the resistor.  Note that this may introduce
+				 * error if l is an odd value.
+				 */
+		    spcdevOutNode(hierName, gate->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+				name, esSpiceF);
+		}
+		else if (dev->dev_nterm > 2)
 		    spcdevOutNode(hierName, drain->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
 				name, esSpiceF);
 	    }
@@ -3031,6 +3043,53 @@ spcdevVisit(
 		fprintf(esSpiceF, " M=%g", sdM);
 	    break;
 
+	    if (dev->dev_class == DEV_RSUBCKT && esDoResistorTee)
+	    {
+		/* Write the second half of the "Tee" resistor when
+		 * the resistor is type DEV_RSUBCKT and not DEV_RES.
+		 */
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, "\n%c%dB", devchar, esSbckNum - 1);
+
+		spcdevOutNode(hierName, gate->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+			name, esSpiceF);
+		spcdevOutNode(hierName, drain->dterm_node->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+			name, esSpiceF);
+
+		/* Get the device parameters now, and check if the substrate is	*/
+		/* passed as a parameter rather than as a node.			*/
+
+		plist = efGetDeviceParams(EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
+		for (pptr = plist; pptr != NULL; pptr = pptr->parm_next)
+		    if (pptr->parm_type[0] == 's')
+			break;
+
+		if ((pptr == NULL) && subnode)
+		{
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
+		    subnodeFlat = spcdevSubstrate(hierName,
+				subnode->efnode_name->efnn_hier,
+				dev->dev_type, esSpiceF);
+
+		    /* There is a substrate pin on the resistor subcircuit, so assume
+		     * that the substrate cap is part of the subcircuit model, and
+		     * zero it.
+		     */
+                    gate->dterm_node->efnode_cap = 0;
+		}
+
+		/* CDL format support:  Output a slash followed by a space. */
+		if (esFormat == CDL) fprintf(esSpiceF, " /");
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " %s", EFDevTypes[dev->dev_type]);
+
+		/* Write all requested parameters to the subcircuit call.	*/
+
+		sdM = getCurDevMult();
+		spcWriteParams(dev, hierName, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
+		if (sdM != 1.0)
+		    fprintf(esSpiceF, " M=%g", sdM);
+	    }
+	    break;
+
 	case DEV_RES:
 	    if (esDoResistorTee)
 	    {
@@ -3140,6 +3199,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcWriteParams(dev, hierName, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -3186,6 +3246,7 @@ spcdevVisit(
 
 	    if (!has_model)
 	    {
+		fprintf(esSpiceF, " ");
 		esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * (double)sdM * (double)dev->dev_cap);
 		spcWriteParams(dev, hierName, scale, l, w, sdM, FALSE);
 	    }
@@ -4050,7 +4111,7 @@ spcnodeVisit(
 	static char ntmp[MAX_STR_SIZE];
 
 	EFHNSprintf(ntmp, hierName);
-	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "$ ");
+	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, "; ");
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "** %s == %s\n", ntmp, nsn);
     }
     cap = cap  / 1000;
@@ -4060,14 +4121,14 @@ spcnodeVisit(
 	esSIvalue(esSpiceF, 1.0E-15 * cap);
 	if (!isConnected)
 	{
-	    if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " $");
+	    if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " ;");
 	    fprintf(esSpiceF, " **FLOATING");
 	}
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "\n");
     }
     if (node->efnode_attrs && !esNoAttrs)
     {
-	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " $ ");
+	if (esFormat == NGSPICE) fprintf(esSpiceF, " ; ");
 	fprintf(esSpiceF, "**nodeattr %s :",nsn );
 	for (fmt = " %s", ap = node->efnode_attrs; ap; ap = ap->efa_next)
 	{

extflat/EFargs.c

@@ -307,6 +307,12 @@ EFArgs(argc, argv, err_result, argsProc, cdata)
     if (inname == NULL)
 #ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 	return NULL;
+#elif defined(EMSCRIPTEN)
+    {
+	/* Headless WASM: signal error via err_result, no goto usage path */
+	if (err_result != NULL) *err_result = TRUE;
+	return NULL;
+    }
 #else
 	goto usage;
 #endif
@@ -367,7 +373,7 @@ efLoadSearchPath(path)
     PaVisitFiles(DOT_MAGIC_PATH, ".magicrc", pv);
     PaVisitFree(pv);
     if (*path == NULL)
-	*path = ".";
+	StrDup(path, ".");
 }
 
 int

extflat/EFbuild.c

@@ -706,6 +706,11 @@ efBuildEquiv(def, nodeName1, nodeName2, resist, isspice)
 			dev->dev_terms[n].dterm_node =
 				(nn1->efnn_node == NULL) ?
 				nn2->efnn_node : nn1->efnn_node;
+
+		/* Also check the substrate terminal */
+		if (dev->dev_subsnode == lostnode)
+		    dev->dev_subsnode = (nn1->efnn_node == NULL) ?
+				nn2->efnn_node : nn1->efnn_node;
 	    }
 
 	    /* If a node has been merged away, make sure that its name	*/
@@ -1618,12 +1623,128 @@ efConnectionFreeLinkedList(Connection *conn)
     }
 }
 
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * efConnPointFreeLinkedList --
+ *
+ * Release memory for linked-list of ConnectionPoint* based on internal
+ *  list at ConnectionPoint->conn_next.  'connpt' argument must be non-NULL.
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	Deallocates linked-list of ConnectionPoint* starting at 'connpt'
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Deallocates one or more connection point record(s).
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+efConnPointFreeLinkedList(ConnectionPoint *connpt)
+{
+    while (connpt)
+    {
+	ConnectionPoint *next = connpt->conn_next;
+	if (connpt->conn_name != NULL)
+	    freeMagic(connpt->conn_name);
+	freeMagic(connpt);
+	connpt = next;
+    }
+}
+
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  *
  * efBuildConnect --
  *
  * Process a "connect" line from a .ext file.
+ * Creates a record of the area and type of the connection.  Since the
+ * extraction at the point of finding connections no longer knows what
+ * net in the celldef (if any) is part of the connection, only the
+ * location and type is preserved, and the cell being connected has to
+ * be recovered by a search on the celldef's layout.  These records are
+ * used only by "extresist".
+ *
+ * Results:
+ *	None.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	Allocates a new connection port record for extresist, and prepends
+ *	it to the list for def.
+ *
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+void
+efBuildConnect(def, llx, lly, urx, ury, layerName, upnodeName, downnodeName)
+    Def *def;
+    int llx, lly, urx, ury;
+    char *layerName;
+    char *upnodeName;
+    char *downnodeName;
+{
+    int tnew;
+    ConnectionPoint *connpt;
+    HashEntry *he;
+    Use *subuse;
+    char *hierptr, *qptr, *useid;
+
+    /* Can't do anything without a node name to connect to */
+    if (!strcmp(downnodeName, "\"None\"")) return;
+
+    /* "downnodeName" should be hierarchical;  stop at the first hierarchical
+     * divider and use the prefix to find the use being connected to.
+     * NOTE:  This will require dealing with connections that are more than
+     * one hierarchical level deep (to be done).
+     */
+    useid = downnodeName;
+    if (*useid == '"') useid++;
+    hierptr = strchr(useid, '/');
+    if (hierptr != NULL) *hierptr = '\0';
+    qptr = strrchr(useid, '"');
+    if (qptr != NULL) *qptr = '\0';
+
+    if (layerName)
+	tnew = efBuildAddStr(EFLayerNames, &EFLayerNumNames, MAXTYPES, layerName);
+    else
+	tnew = 0;
+
+    connpt = (ConnectionPoint *)mallocMagic(sizeof(ConnectionPoint));
+
+    he = HashFind(&def->def_uses, useid);
+    subuse = (Use *)HashGetValue(he);
+    connpt->conn_use = subuse;
+
+    connpt->conn_r.r_xbot = llx;
+    connpt->conn_r.r_ybot = lly;
+    connpt->conn_r.r_xtop = urx;
+    connpt->conn_r.r_ytop = ury;
+    connpt->conn_type = tnew;
+    if (!strcmp(upnodeName, "\"None\""))
+	connpt->conn_name = (char *)NULL;
+    else
+    {
+	if (*upnodeName == '"') upnodeName++;
+	connpt->conn_name = StrDup((char **)NULL, upnodeName);
+	if ((qptr = strrchr(connpt->conn_name, '"')) != NULL) *qptr = '\0';
+    }
+
+    /* To do:  Add "downnodeName" to the ConnectionPoint structure.  This
+     * may not be necessary, as it is only being used by "extresist" which
+     * is not using the extflat parser.
+     */ 
+
+    connpt->conn_next = def->def_connpts;
+    def->def_connpts = connpt;
+}
+
+/*
+ * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * efBuildMerge --
+ *
+ * Process a "merge" line from a .ext file.
  * Creates a connection record for the names 'nodeName1' and
  * 'nodeName2'.
  *
@@ -1638,7 +1759,7 @@ efConnectionFreeLinkedList(Connection *conn)
  */
 
 void
-efBuildConnect(def, nodeName1, nodeName2, deltaC, av, ac)
+efBuildMerge(def, nodeName1, nodeName2, deltaC, av, ac)
     Def *def;		/* Def to which this connection is to be added */
     char *nodeName1;	/* Name of first node in connection */
     char *nodeName2;	/* Name of other node in connection */

extflat/EFdef.c

@@ -122,6 +122,7 @@ EFDone(func)
 	efConnectionFreeLinkedList(def->def_conns);
 	efConnectionFreeLinkedList(def->def_caps);
 	efConnectionFreeLinkedList(def->def_resistors);
+	efConnPointFreeLinkedList(def->def_connpts);
 
 	free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
 	for (kill = def->def_kills; kill; kill = kill->kill_next)
@@ -248,6 +249,7 @@ efDefNew(name)
     newdef->def_conns = (Connection *) NULL;
     newdef->def_caps = (Connection *) NULL;
     newdef->def_resistors = (Connection *) NULL;
+    newdef->def_connpts = (ConnectionPoint *) NULL;
     newdef->def_kills = (Kill *) NULL;
 
     /* Initialize circular list of nodes */

extflat/EFhier.c

@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include "utils/utils.h"
 #include "extflat/extflat.h"
 #include "extflat/EFint.h"
+#include "textio/textio.h"
 
 /*
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -491,7 +492,13 @@ efHierVisitDevs(hc, ca)
     {
 	dev = (Dev *)HashGetValue(he);
 	if (efHierDevKilled(hc, dev, hc->hc_hierName))
-	    continue;
+	{
+	    TxError("Error:  Device at (%d %d) is connected to one or more"
+			" eliminated nodes.\n",
+			dev->dev_rect.r_xbot, dev->dev_rect.r_ybot);
+	    /* Output the device anyway, but something needs fixing */
+	    // continue;
+	}
 
 	const cb_extflat_hiervisitdevs_t ca_hiervisitdevs_proc = (cb_extflat_hiervisitdevs_t) ca->ca_proc; /* FIXME temporary */
 	if ((*ca_hiervisitdevs_proc)(hc, dev, scale, ca->ca_cdata)) /* @invoke cb_extflat_hiervisitdevs_t */

extflat/EFint.h

@@ -145,6 +145,8 @@ typedef struct conn
 #define conn_res	conn_value.conn_val_res
 #define conn_cap	conn_value.conn_val_cap
 
+typedef struct connpoint ConnectionPoint;
+
 /* -------------------------- Defs and uses --------------------------- */
 
 /* A Def exists for each .ext file */
@@ -162,6 +164,7 @@ typedef struct def
 	/* The following are all NULL-terminated lists */
 
     Connection	*def_conns;	/* Hierarchical connections/adjustments */
+    ConnectionPoint *def_connpts; /* Position of hierarchical connections */
     Connection	*def_caps;	/* Two-terminal capacitors */
     Connection	*def_resistors;	/* Two-terminal resistors */
     Kill	*def_kills;	/* Used to modify hierarchical structure
@@ -206,6 +209,17 @@ typedef struct use
 
 #define	IsArray(u)  ((u)->use_xlo!=(u)->use_xhi || (u)->use_ylo!=(u)->use_yhi)
 
+/* Connection point structure (used by "extresist") */
+
+typedef struct connpoint
+{
+    Use		*conn_use;		/* Use being connected to */
+    Rect	conn_r;			/* Area, edge, or point of connection */
+    int		conn_type;		/* A tile type at the connection */
+    char	*conn_name;		/* Top level name of node, or NULL */
+    struct connpoint *conn_next;	/* Next connection point in list */
+} ConnectionPoint;
+
 /* -------------------------------------------------------------------- */
 
 /* Structure passed down during hierarchical searching */
@@ -307,7 +321,9 @@ extern void CapHashSetValue();
 extern DevParam *efGetDeviceParams();
 extern void efBuildNode();
 extern void efConnectionFreeLinkedList(Connection *conn);
+extern void efConnPointFreeLinkedList(ConnectionPoint *conn);
 extern void efBuildConnect();
+extern void efBuildMerge();
 extern void efBuildResistor();
 extern void efBuildCap();
 extern HierContext *EFFlatBuildOneLevel();

extflat/EFread.c

@@ -275,15 +275,11 @@ readfile:
 		efBuildCap(def, argv[1], argv[2], (double) cap);
 		break;
 
-	    /* subcap node capacitance */
+	    /* connect useid llx lly urx ury type "node" ... */
-	    case SUBCAP:
+	    case CONNECT:
-		cap = cscale*atoCap(argv[2]);
+		efBuildConnect(def, atoi(argv[1]), atoi(argv[2]),
-		efAdjustSubCap(def, argv[1], cap);
+				atoi(argv[3]), atoi(argv[4]), argv[5],
-		break;
+				argv[6], argv[7]);
-
-	    /* equiv node1 node2 */
-	    case EQUIV:
-		efBuildEquiv(def, argv[1], argv[2], resist, isspice);
 		break;
 
 	    /* replaces "fet" (below) */
@@ -337,6 +333,41 @@ readfile:
 		r.r_xtop = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(argv[5]) * locScale);
 		r.r_ytop = (int)(0.5 + (float)atoi(argv[6]) * locScale);
 
+		if (!strcmp(argv[2], "Short"))
+		{
+		    /* Device name "Short" is a reserved name indicating
+		     * that the device does not get output but acts as a
+		     * short between the first two terminals.  Consequently,
+		     * it acts like an "equiv" statement.  However, unlike
+		     * regular "equiv" statements, it should always merge
+		     * the nodes, so do not pass "resist" to efBuildEquiv().
+		     */
+		    int argstart = 7;
+
+		    /* "Short" devices should not have parameters, but just in
+		     * case, skip over any that are found.
+		     */
+		    while (strchr(argv[argstart], '=') != NULL) argstart++;
+
+		    /* Tricky---Since "Short" devices are treated like "equiv"
+		     * statements, then when doing full R-C extraction, it's
+		     * important *not* to merge the nodes when reading the
+		     * .ext file, but only when reading the .res.ext file.
+		     * Otherwise the wrong nodes may get merged.  "resist" is
+		     * TRUE when "ext2spice extresist on" is selected, and
+		     * DoResist is set to FALSE when the .res.ext file is
+		     * opened for reading.
+		     */
+		    if (argstart + 4 >= argc)
+			efReadError("Bad terminal description for Short device\n");
+		    else if ((!resist) || (resist && (!(DoResist))))
+		    {
+			efBuildEquiv(def, argv[argstart + 1], argv[argstart + 4],
+				FALSE, isspice);
+		    }
+		    break;
+		}
+
 		if (efBuildDevice(def, (char)n, argv[2], &r, argc - 7, &argv[7]) != 0)
 		{
 		    efReadError("Incomplete terminal description for device\n");
@@ -344,6 +375,11 @@ readfile:
 		}
 		break;
 
+	    /* equiv node1 node2 */
+	    case EQUIV:
+		efBuildEquiv(def, argv[1], argv[2], resist, isspice);
+		break;
+
 	    /* for backwards compatibility */
 	    /* fet type xlo ylo xhi yhi area perim substrate GATE T1 T2 ... */
 	    case FET:
@@ -373,7 +409,7 @@ readfile:
 		*/
 
 		cap = (argc > 3) ? atoCap(argv[3]) * cscale : 0;
-		efBuildConnect(def, argv[1], argv[2], (double)cap, &argv[4], argc - 4);
+		efBuildMerge(def, argv[1], argv[2], (double)cap, &argv[4], argc - 4);
 		break;
 
 	    /* node name R C x y layer a1 p1 a2 p2 ... [ attrs ] */
@@ -449,6 +485,12 @@ resistChanged:
 		    }
 		break;
 
+	    /* subcap node capacitance */
+	    case SUBCAP:
+		cap = cscale*atoCap(argv[2]);
+		efAdjustSubCap(def, argv[1], cap);
+		break;
+
 	    /* use def use-id T0 .. T5 */
 	    case USE:
 		efBuildUse(def, argv[1], argv[2],

extflat/extparse.h

@@ -25,9 +25,9 @@
  */
 typedef enum
 {
-    ABSTRACT, ADJUST, ATTR, CAP, DEVICE, DIST, EQUIV, FET, KILLNODE, MERGE,
+    ABSTRACT, ADJUST, ATTR, CAP, CONNECT, DEVICE, DIST, EQUIV, FET, KILLNODE,
-    NODE, PARAMETERS, PORT, PRIMITIVE, RESISTOR, RESISTCLASS, RNODE, SCALE,
+    MERGE, NODE, PARAMETERS, PORT, PRIMITIVE, RESISTOR, RESISTCLASS, RNODE,
-    SUBCAP, SUBSTRATE, TECH, TIMESTAMP, USE, VERSION, EXT_STYLE
+    SCALE, SUBCAP, SUBSTRATE, TECH, TIMESTAMP, USE, VERSION, EXT_STYLE
 } Key;
 
 static const struct
@@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ keyTable[] =
     {"adjust",		ADJUST,		4},
     {"attr",		ATTR,		8},
     {"cap",		CAP,		4},
+    {"connect",		CONNECT,	7},
     {"device",		DEVICE,		11},	/* effectively replaces "fet" */
     {"distance",	DIST,		4},
     {"equiv",		EQUIV,		3},

extract/ExtBasic.c

@@ -147,13 +147,13 @@ NodeRegion *temp_subsnode = NULL;	/* Last subsnode found */
 /* Forward declarations */
 void extOutputNodes();
 int extTransTileFunc();
-int extTransPerimFunc();
+int extTransPerimFunc(Boundary *, ClientData);	/* UNUSED */
 int extTransFindSubs();
 int extTransFindId();
 void extTermAPFunc();
 
-int extAnnularTileFunc();
+int extAnnularTileFunc(Tile *, TileType, int, FindRegion *);	/* UNUSED */
-int extResistorTileFunc();
+int extResistorTileFunc(Tile *, TileType, int, FindRegion *);	/* UNUSED */
 int extSpecialPerimFunc();
 
 void extFindDuplicateLabels();
@@ -629,6 +629,8 @@ extSetResist(reg)
 
     for (n = 0; n < ExtCurStyle->exts_numResistClasses; n++)
     {
+	ResValue resnew, restot;
+
 	reg->nreg_pa[n].pa_area = area = extResistArea[n];
 	reg->nreg_pa[n].pa_perim = perim = extResistPerim[n];
 	if (area > 0 && perim > 0)
@@ -639,8 +641,15 @@ extSetResist(reg)
 	    if (v < 0) s = 0; else s = sqrt(v);
 
 	    fperim = (float) perim;
-	    reg->nreg_resist += (fperim + s) / (fperim - s)
+	    resnew = (fperim + s) / (fperim - s) *
-				    * ExtCurStyle->exts_resistByResistClass[n];
+		    ExtCurStyle->exts_resistByResistClass[n];
+	    restot = reg->nreg_resist + resnew;
+
+	    /* Check for integer overflow.  There is no point in trying
+	     * to accommodate huge resistance values for an estimate.
+	     * The value just saturates at the maximum integer value.
+	     */
+	    if (restot > 0) reg->nreg_resist = restot;
 	}
 
 	/* Reset for the next pass */
@@ -722,7 +731,8 @@ extOutputNodes(nodeList, outFile)
 	/* Check if this node is the substrate */
 	if (reg == glob_subsnode)
 	{
-	    fprintf(outFile, "substrate \"%s\" 0 0", text);
+	    intR = (reg->nreg_resist + rround) / ExtCurStyle->exts_resistScale;
+	    fprintf(outFile, "substrate \"%s\" %d 0", text, intR);
 	}
 	else
 	{
@@ -811,8 +821,14 @@ extOutputNodes(nodeList, outFile)
 				 * For a net to be shorted to itself is not an error.
 				 * NOTE:  Potentially the unique name could be removed
 				 * here and save ext2spice the trouble.
+				 *
+				 * Also:  If "extresist" is being run in the same
+				 * pass, then don't print an error, because
+				 * electrical shorts are meaningless in an R-C
+				 * extraction.
 				 */
 				if ((portname != NULL) &&
+					    (!(ExtOptions & EXT_DORESISTANCE)) &&
 			    		    (ll->ll_attr == LL_PORTATTR) &&
 					    (strcmp(ll->ll_label->lab_text, portname)))
 				{
@@ -1110,7 +1126,7 @@ ExtSortTerminals(tran, ll)
     do
     {
 	changed = 0;
-	for( nsd = 0; nsd < tran->tr_nterm-1; nsd++ )
+	for (nsd = 0; nsd < tran->tr_nterm-1; nsd++)
 	{
 	    p1 = &(tran->tr_termpos[nsd]);
 	    p2 = &(tran->tr_termpos[nsd+1]);
@@ -1155,14 +1171,17 @@ ExtSortTerminals(tran, ll)
             *  but S,D attributes are not that common so it should not matter
             * that much -- Stefanos 5/96 */
 
-            for ( lp = ll ; lp ; lp = lp->ll_next )
+            for (lp = ll; lp; lp = lp->ll_next)
-		if ( lp->ll_attr == nsd ) lp->ll_attr = LL_SORTATTR ;
+		if (lp->ll_attr == nsd)
-		else if ( lp->ll_attr == nsd+1 ) lp->ll_attr = nsd ;
+		    lp->ll_attr = LL_SORTATTR;
-            for ( lp = ll ; lp ; lp = lp->ll_next )
+		else if (lp->ll_attr == nsd + 1)
-		 if ( lp->ll_attr == LL_SORTATTR ) lp->ll_attr = nsd+1;
+		    lp->ll_attr = nsd;
+            for (lp = ll; lp; lp = lp->ll_next)
+		if (lp->ll_attr == LL_SORTATTR)
+		    lp->ll_attr = nsd + 1;
 	}
      }
-     while( changed );
+     while (changed);
 }
 
 /*
@@ -1835,6 +1854,8 @@ extOutputDevParams(reg, devptr, outFile, length, width, areavec, perimvec)
     ParamList *chkParam;
     HashEntry *he;
     ResValue resvalue;
+    LabRegion *node;	/* Node connected to gate terminal */
+    LabelList *ll;	/* Gate's label list */
 
     for (chkParam = devptr->exts_deviceParams; chkParam
 		!= NULL; chkParam = chkParam->pl_next)
@@ -1966,6 +1987,34 @@ extOutputDevParams(reg, devptr, outFile, length, width, areavec, perimvec)
 		break;
 	}
     }
+
+    /* If there are device attribute labels (labels attached to the device
+     * type ending with "^") with "=" in them, then treat them as extra
+     * parameters.  Output each one and remove the gate attribute property
+     * from the label.
+     */
+
+    node = (LabRegion *)ExtGetRegion(reg->treg_tile, reg->treg_dinfo);
+    for (ll = node->lreg_labels; ll; ll = ll->ll_next)
+    {
+	if (ll->ll_attr == LL_GATEATTR)
+	{
+	    char cs, *ct, *cp = ll->ll_label->lab_text;
+	    if (strchr(cp, '=') != NULL)
+	    {
+		/* Since this is an attribute label, it has a special character
+		 * at the end, which needs to be stripped off while printing
+		 * and then put back again.
+		 */
+		ct = ll->ll_label->lab_text + strlen(ll->ll_label->lab_text) - 1;
+		cs = *ct;
+		*ct = '\0';
+		fprintf(outFile, " %s", ll->ll_label->lab_text);
+		ll->ll_attr = LL_NOATTR;
+		*ct = cs;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
 }
 
 /* Structures used by extTermAPFunc() for storing area and perimeter data */
@@ -2155,11 +2204,13 @@ extDevFindParamMatch(devptr, length, width)
  *
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extSDTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum)
+extSDTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
-    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo;	/* UNUSED */
     int pNum;
+    FindRegion *arg;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     LinkedTile *newdevtile;
 
@@ -2620,30 +2671,6 @@ extOutputDevices(def, transList, outFile)
 	if (!strcmp(devptr->exts_deviceName, "Ignore"))
 	    continue;
 
-	/* Model type "Short" in the techfile indicates a device    */
-	/* to short across the first two nodes (the gate and the    */
- 	/* source).  This solves the specific issue of a transistor */
-	/* extended drain where the drain is a resistor but the	    */
-	/* resistor is part of the model and should not be output.  */
-
-	if (!strcmp(devptr->exts_deviceName, "Short"))
-	{
-	    fprintf(outFile, "equiv ");
-
-	    /* To do:  Use parameters to specify which terminals   */
-	    /* are shorted.					   */
-
-	    /* gate */
-	    node = (NodeRegion *)ExtGetRegion(reg->treg_tile, reg->treg_dinfo);
-	    fprintf(outFile, "\"%s\" ", extNodeName((LabRegion *)node));
-
-	    /* First non-gate terminal */
-	    node = (NodeRegion *)extTransRec.tr_termnode[0];
-	    fprintf(outFile, "\"%s\"\n", extNodeName((LabRegion *)node));
-
-	    continue;
-	}
-
 	/* Original-style FET record backward compatibility */
 	if (devptr->exts_deviceClass != DEV_FET)
 	    fprintf(outFile, "device ");
@@ -2725,6 +2752,56 @@ extOutputDevices(def, transList, outFile)
 			/* get corrected by extComputeEffectiveLW().	*/
 			length = (extTransRec.tr_gatelen - width) / 2;
 		    }
+
+		    if ((n == 1) && (length == 0) && (extTransRec.tr_gatelen == 0))
+		    {
+			/* If a one-terminal device has not recorded any
+			 * gate length, then get W and L from the bounding
+			 * box of the device.  This routine could be much
+			 * better optimized but it is probably not worth
+			 * the effort.  Just reusing the code from above
+			 * for creating extSpecialDevice, a list of device
+			 * tiles.  Note that W and L are not distinguishable
+			 * and hopefully the PDK defines the device by area
+			 * and perimeter.
+			 */
+			LinkedTile *lt;
+			Rect devbbox, ltbox;
+
+			extSpecialDevice = (LinkedTile *)NULL;
+
+			arg.fra_uninit = (ClientData)extTransRec.tr_gatenode;
+			arg.fra_region = (ExtRegion *)reg;
+			arg.fra_each = extSDTileFunc;
+			ExtFindNeighbors(reg->treg_tile, reg->treg_dinfo,
+					arg.fra_pNum, &arg);
+
+			arg.fra_uninit = (ClientData) reg;
+			arg.fra_region = (ExtRegion *) extTransRec.tr_gatenode;
+			arg.fra_each = (int (*)()) NULL;
+			ExtFindNeighbors(reg->treg_tile, reg->treg_dinfo,
+					arg.fra_pNum, &arg);
+
+			lt = extSpecialDevice;
+			if (lt)
+			{
+			    TiToRect(lt->t, &devbbox);
+			    for (; lt; lt = lt->t_next)
+			    {
+				TiToRect(lt->t, &ltbox);
+				GeoInclude(&ltbox, &devbbox);
+			    }
+			    free_magic1_t mm1 = freeMagic1_init();
+			    for (lt = extSpecialDevice; lt; lt = lt->t_next)
+				freeMagic1(&mm1, (char *)lt);
+			    freeMagic1_end(&mm1);
+			}
+			length = devbbox.r_xtop - devbbox.r_xbot;
+			/* Width was likely a perimeter value and will
+			 * be recalculated as the actual device width.
+			 */
+			width = devbbox.r_ytop - devbbox.r_ybot;
+		    }
 		}
 
 		/*------------------------------------------------------*/
@@ -3867,9 +3944,11 @@ extTermAPFunc(tile, dinfo,  eapd)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extTransPerimFunc(bp)
+extTransPerimFunc(bp, cdata)
     Boundary *bp;
+    ClientData cdata;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     TileType tinside, toutside, dinfo;
     Tile *tile;
@@ -4145,11 +4224,13 @@ extTransPerimFunc(bp)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extAnnularTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum)
+extAnnularTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
     TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
+    FindRegion *arg;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     TileTypeBitMask mask;
     TileType loctype;
@@ -4195,11 +4276,13 @@ extAnnularTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extResistorTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum)
+extResistorTileFunc(tile, dinfo, pNum, arg)
     Tile *tile;
     TileType dinfo;
     int pNum;
+    FindRegion *arg;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     TileTypeBitMask mask;
     TileType loctype;
@@ -5047,7 +5130,7 @@ extFindNodes(def, clipArea, subonly)
 
 	pNum = ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstratePlane;
 	/* Does the type set of this plane intersect the substrate types? */
-	if (TTMaskIntersect(&DBPlaneTypes[pNum], &subsTypesNonSpace))
+	if ((pNum != -1) && TTMaskIntersect(&DBPlaneTypes[pNum], &subsTypesNonSpace))
     	{
 	    arg.fra_pNum = pNum;
 	    DBSrPaintClient((Tile *) NULL, def->cd_planes[pNum],

extract/ExtCell.c

@@ -76,18 +76,19 @@ void extHeader();
  */
 
 Plane *
-ExtCell(def, outName, doLength)
+ExtCell(def, outName, isTop)
     CellDef *def;	/* Cell being extracted */
     char *outName;	/* Name of output file; if NULL, derive from def name */
-    bool doLength;	/* If TRUE, extract pathlengths from drivers to
+    bool isTop;		/* If TRUE, cell is the top level cell */
-			 * receivers (the names are stored in ExtLength.c).
-			 * Should only be TRUE for the root cell in a
-			 * hierarchy.
-			 */
 {
     char *filename;
     FILE *f = NULL;
     Plane *savePlane;
+    bool noextract;
+
+    /* If marked abstract, then don't extract the cell */
+    DBPropGet(def, "noextract", &noextract);
+    if (noextract) return extPrepSubstrate(def);
 
     /* Incremental extraction:  If the cell is marked for no extraction,
      * then just prepare the substrate plane and return it to the caller.
@@ -111,7 +112,7 @@ ExtCell(def, outName, doLength)
     }
 
     extNumErrors = extNumWarnings = 0;
-    savePlane = extCellFile(def, f, doLength);
+    savePlane = extCellFile(def, f, isTop);
     if (f != NULL) fclose(f);
 
     if (extNumErrors > 0 || extNumWarnings > 0)
@@ -471,13 +472,10 @@ ExtRevertSubstrate(def, savePlane)
  */
 
 Plane *
-extCellFile(def, f, doLength)
+extCellFile(def, f, isTop)
     CellDef *def;	/* Def to be extracted */
     FILE *f;		/* Output to this file */
-    bool doLength;	/* TRUE if we should extract driver-receiver path
+    bool isTop;		/* TRUE if the cell is the top level cell */
-			 * length information for this cell (see ExtCell
-			 * for more details).
-			 */
 {
     NodeRegion *reg;
     Plane *saveSub;
@@ -488,8 +486,19 @@ extCellFile(def, f, doLength)
     /* If "extract do unique" was specified, then make labels in the
      * cell unique.
      */
+
     if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOUNIQUE)
-	extUniqueCell(def, EXT_UNIQ_TEMP);
+    {
+	if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOUNIQNOTOPPORTS)
+	{
+	    if (isTop)
+		extUniqueCell(def, EXT_UNIQ_TEMP_NOPORTS);
+	    else
+		extUniqueCell(def, EXT_UNIQ_TEMP);
+	}
+	else
+	    extUniqueCell(def, EXT_UNIQ_TEMP);
+    }
 
     /* Prep any isolated substrate areas */
     if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
@@ -519,7 +528,7 @@ extCellFile(def, f, doLength)
     ExtResetTiles(def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
 
     /* Final pass: extract length information if desired */
-    if (!SigInterruptPending && doLength && (ExtOptions & EXT_DOLENGTH))
+    if (!SigInterruptPending && isTop && (ExtOptions & EXT_DOLENGTH))
 	extLength(extParentUse, f);
 
     UndoEnable();

extract/ExtHier.c

@@ -115,23 +115,91 @@ bool extTestNMInteract(Tile *t1, TileType di1, Tile *t2, TileType di2)
 
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
- * extHierSubShieldFunc --						
+ * extHierSubInteractFunc --						
  *
- *	Simple callback function for extHierSubstrate() that halts the
+ *	Simple callback function for extHierSubShielfFunc() that halts
- *	search if any substrate shield type is found in the search area
+ *	the search if any type connecting to substrate is found in
+ *	the area.
+ *
+ * Results:  1 to stop the search.
+ *
+ * Side effects:  None.
  *
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 int
-extHierSubShieldFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
+extHierSubInteractFunc(tile, dinfo, clientdata)
-    Tile *tile;			/* (unused) */
+    Tile *tile;			/* unused */
-    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
+    TileType dinfo;		/* unused */
-    ClientData clientdata;	/* (unused) */
+    ClientData clientdata;	/* unused */
 {
     return 1;
 }
 
+/*
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * extHierSubShieldFunc --						
+ *
+ *	Callback function for extHierSubstrate() that halts the search
+ *	if any substrate shield type is found in the search area.  To
+ *	avoid flagging substrate shields that overlap the search area
+ *	but do not interact with the cell, check the area of the
+ *	substrate shield for device types that connect to substrate
+ *	(ExtCurStyle->exts_subsDevTypes).  If something is found, then
+ *	return 1 immediately to stop the search.
+ *
+ * Results:  1 if an interacting substrate shield is found, 0 otherwise.
+ *
+ * Side effects:  None.
+ *
+ *----------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+extHierSubShieldFunc(tile, dinfo, use)
+    Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;
+    CellUse *use;
+{
+    Rect r, rsub;
+    int  pNum;
+    TileType ttype;
+    CellDef *subdef;
+    Transform t;
+
+    if (IsSplit(tile))
+    {
+	ttype = TiGetLeftType(tile);
+	if (!TTMaskHasType(&ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstrateShieldTypes, ttype))
+	    ttype = TiGetRightType(tile);
+    }
+    else
+	ttype = TiGetTypeExact(tile);
+
+    TiToRect(tile, &r);
+
+    /* Convert area of tile to the coordinates of the cell "subdef", which is
+     * a child of the cell containing "tile".
+     */
+    subdef = use->cu_def;
+    GeoInvertTrans(&use->cu_transform, &t);
+    GeoTransRect(&t, &r, &rsub);
+
+    for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
+    {
+	if (TTMaskIntersect(&DBPlaneTypes[pNum], &ExtCurStyle->exts_subsDevTypes))
+	{
+	    if (DBSrPaintNMArea((Tile *)NULL,
+			subdef->cd_planes[pNum], dinfo, &rsub,
+			&ExtCurStyle->exts_subsDevTypes,
+			extHierSubInteractFunc, (ClientData)NULL) == 1)
+		return 1;
+	}
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  *----------------------------------------------------------------------
  * extHierSubstrate --
@@ -229,7 +297,7 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
     	    if (DBSrPaintArea((Tile *) NULL,
 			def->cd_planes[pNum], &subArea,
 			&ExtCurStyle->exts_globSubstrateShieldTypes,
-			extHierSubShieldFunc, (ClientData)NULL) != 0)
+			extHierSubShieldFunc, PTR2CD(use)) != 0)
     	    {
     		freeMagic(nodeList);
     		ExtResetTiles(use->cu_def, CLIENTDEFAULT);
@@ -281,6 +349,13 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
 	    nn->nn_next = node2->node_names->nn_next;
 	    node2->node_names->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 	    node2->node_len += node1->node_len;
+	    if (node2->node_ports)
+	    {
+		ExtConnList *nport;
+		for (nport = node2->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+				nport = nport->r_next);
+		if (nport) nport->r_next = node1->node_ports;
+	    }
 	    freeMagic((char *)node1);
 	}
 	else
@@ -294,6 +369,13 @@ extHierSubstrate(ha, use, x, y)
 	    nn->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 	    node1->node_names = node2->node_names;
 	    node1->node_len += node2->node_len;
+	    if (node1->node_ports)
+	    {
+		ExtConnList *nport;
+		for (nport = node1->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+				nport = nport->r_next);
+		if (nport) nport->r_next = node2->node_ports;
+	    }
 	    freeMagic((char *)node2);
 	}
     }
@@ -354,8 +436,8 @@ extHierConnections(ha, cumFlat, oneFlat)
 	if (!(lab->lab_flags & LABEL_STICKY)) continue;
 
 	r = lab->lab_rect;
+	if (!GEO_TOUCH(&r, &ha->ha_subArea)) continue;
 	GEOCLIP(&r, &ha->ha_subArea);
-	if (GEO_RECTNULL(&r)) continue;
 
 	cumDef = cumFlat->et_use->cu_def;
 	connected = &DBConnectTbl[lab->lab_type];
@@ -499,6 +581,13 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, dinfo, ha)
 	    		nn->nn_next = node2->node_names->nn_next;
 	    		node2->node_names->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 			node2->node_len += node1->node_len;
+			if (node2->node_ports)
+			{
+			    ExtConnList *nport;
+			    for (nport = node2->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+					nport = nport->r_next);
+			    if (nport) nport->r_next = node1->node_ports;
+			}
 		    	freeMagic((char *) node1);
 		    }
 		    else
@@ -514,6 +603,13 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, dinfo, ha)
 		    	nn->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 		    	node1->node_names = node2->node_names;
 			node1->node_len += node2->node_len;
+			if (node1->node_ports)
+			{
+			    ExtConnList *nport;
+			    for (nport = node1->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+					nport = nport->r_next);
+			    if (nport) nport->r_next = node2->node_ports;
+			}
 		    	freeMagic((char *) node2);
 		    }
 		}
@@ -523,6 +619,48 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, dinfo, ha)
 }
 
 /*
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * extHierFindTopNode --
+ *
+ * Simple callback function used in extHierConnectFunc2() to retrieve
+ * the node name of a node in the CellDef being extracted at a specific
+ * point.  If there is no node at that point (indicating that there is
+ * paint in a subcell at that location but no paint in the top level
+ * cell) then return NULL.
+ *
+ * Returns:
+ *	1 if a node is found, otherwise 0 to keep the search going.
+ *
+ * Side effects:
+ *	A pointer to the node is returned in the clientData field.
+ *
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ */
+
+int
+extHierFindTopNode(Tile *tile,
+	TileType dinfo,
+	ExtRegion **nreg)
+{
+    ExtRegion *tireg;
+
+    tireg = (ExtRegion *)ExtGetRegion(tile, dinfo);
+    if ((ClientData)tireg == CLIENTDEFAULT)
+    {
+	*nreg = (ExtRegion *)0;
+	return 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+	*nreg = tireg;
+	return 1;
+    }
+}
+
+/*
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
  * extHierConnectFunc2 --
  *
  * Called once for each tile 'cum' in extHierCumFlat->et_use->cu_def
@@ -538,6 +676,8 @@ extHierConnectFunc1(oneTile, dinfo, ha)
  *	if the types of ha->hierOneTile and 'cum' connect.
  *	Otherwise, if the tiles actually overlap (as opposed
  *	to merely abut), mark it with feedback as an error.
+ *
+ *------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
 int
@@ -608,6 +748,53 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, dinfo, ha)
 
 	if (node1 != node2)
 	{
+	    ExtConnList *newport;
+	    int pNum;
+
+	    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+	    {
+		NodeRegion *topnode = NULL;
+
+		/* Record the area of connection for both nodes in their
+		 * respective coordinate systems, and the name of the
+		 * cell use to which the connection is made.
+		 */
+		newport = (ExtConnList *)mallocMagic(sizeof(ExtConnList));
+		newport->r_r = r;
+		newport->r_type = ttype;
+		newport->r_useid = ha->ha_subUse->cu_id;
+
+		/* Find a node at the given location in et_lookNames (the
+		 * original CellDef being extracted).  If there is no node
+		 * in the def itself then the entry is NULL.
+		 */
+		for (pNum = PL_TECHDEPBASE; pNum < DBNumPlanes; pNum++)
+		{
+		    if (TTMaskHasType(&DBPlaneTypes[pNum], ttype))
+		    {
+			/* Make sure that the rect is not zero area */
+			if (r.r_xtop == r.r_xbot)
+			{
+			    r.r_xtop++;
+			    r.r_xbot--;
+			}
+			if (r.r_ytop == r.r_ybot)
+			{
+			    r.r_ytop++;
+			    r.r_ybot--;
+			}
+
+			DBSrPaintArea((Tile *)NULL,
+				ha->ha_cumFlat.et_lookNames->cd_planes[pNum],
+				&r, &DBConnectTbl[ttype], extHierFindTopNode,
+				(ClientData)PTR2CD(&topnode));
+			newport->r_upnode = PTR2CD(topnode);
+
+			newport->r_downnode = PTR2CD(node2->node_names);
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+
 	    if (node1->node_len < node2->node_len)
 	    {
 	    	/*
@@ -622,6 +809,12 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, dinfo, ha)
 	    	node2->node_names->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 	        node2->node_len += node1->node_len;
 	        freeMagic((char *) node1);
+
+		if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+		{
+		    newport->r_next = node2->node_ports;
+		    node2->node_ports = newport;
+		}
 	    }
 	    else
 	    {
@@ -637,6 +830,12 @@ extHierConnectFunc2(cum, dinfo, ha)
 	        node1->node_names = node2->node_names;
 	        node1->node_len += node2->node_len;
 	        freeMagic((char *) node2);
+
+		if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOEXTRESIST)
+		{
+		    newport->r_next = node1->node_ports;
+		    node1->node_ports = newport;
+		}
 	    }
 	}
     }
@@ -733,6 +932,13 @@ extHierConnectFunc3(cum, dinfo, ha)
 	    	nn->nn_next = node2->node_names->nn_next;
 	    	node2->node_names->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 	    	node2->node_len += node1->node_len;
+		if (node2->node_ports)
+		{
+		    ExtConnList *nport;
+		    for (nport = node2->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+				nport = nport->r_next);
+		    if (nport) nport->r_next = node1->node_ports;
+		}
 	    	freeMagic((char *) node1);
 	    }
 	    else
@@ -748,6 +954,13 @@ extHierConnectFunc3(cum, dinfo, ha)
 	    	nn->nn_next = node1->node_names;
 	    	node1->node_names = node2->node_names;
 	    	node1->node_len += node2->node_len;
+		if (node1->node_ports)
+		{
+		    ExtConnList *nport;
+		    for (nport = node1->node_ports; nport && nport->r_next;
+				nport = nport->r_next);
+		    if (nport) nport->r_next = node2->node_ports;
+		}
 	    	freeMagic((char *) node2);
 	    }
 	}
@@ -916,6 +1129,7 @@ extOutputConns(table, outf)
     NodeName *nfirst;
     HashSearch hs;
     HashEntry *he;
+    ExtConnList *nport, *npnext;
 
     HashStartSearch(&hs);
     while ((he = HashNext(table, &hs)))
@@ -948,7 +1162,6 @@ extOutputConns(table, outf)
 				node->node_pa[n].pa_area,
 				node->node_pa[n].pa_perim);
 		fprintf(outf, "\n");
-
 		nn->nn_node = (Node *) NULL;		/* Processed */
 
 		/* Subsequent merges */
@@ -960,6 +1173,23 @@ extOutputConns(table, outf)
 		}
 	    }
 	    nn->nn_node = (Node *) NULL;
+	    for (nport = node->node_ports; nport;)
+	    {
+		LabRegion *lreg = (LabRegion *)CD2PTR(nport->r_upnode);
+		NodeName *nn2 = (NodeName *)CD2PTR(nport->r_downnode);
+
+		npnext = nport->r_next;
+		/* Output port positions */
+		fprintf(outf, "connect %d %d %d %d %s \"%s\" \"%s\"\n",
+			nport->r_r.r_xbot, nport->r_r.r_ybot,
+			nport->r_r.r_xtop, nport->r_r.r_ytop,
+			DBTypeShortName(nport->r_type),
+			(lreg == (LabRegion *)NULL) ? "None" :
+				extNodeName(lreg),
+			(nn2) ? nn2->nn_name : "None");
+		freeMagic((char *)nport);
+		nport = npnext;
+	    }
 	    freeMagic((char *) node);
 	}
 	freeMagic((char *) nfirst);
@@ -1005,6 +1235,7 @@ extHierNewNode(he)
     node->node_names = nn;
     node->node_cap = (CapValue) 0;
     node->node_len = 1;
+    node->node_ports = (ExtConnList *)NULL;
     for (n = 0; n < nclasses; n++)
 	node->node_pa[n].pa_perim = node->node_pa[n].pa_area = 0;
     HashSetValue(he, (char *) nn);

extract/ExtInter.c

@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ extInterSubtreeElement(use, trans, x, y, r)
 int
 extInterSubtreeTile(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
-    TileType dinfo;
+    TileType dinfo;	/* (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     SearchContext newscx;
@@ -343,8 +343,9 @@ extInterOverlapSubtree(scx)
  */
 
 int
-extInterOverlapTile(tile, cxp)
+extInterOverlapTile(tile, dinfo, cxp)
     Tile *tile;
+    TileType dinfo;		/* (unused) */
     TreeContext *cxp;
 {
     SearchContext *scx = cxp->tc_scx;

extract/ExtMain.c

@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ typedef struct _linkedDef {
 Stack *extDefStack;
 
     /* Forward declarations */
-int extDefInitFunc();
+int extDefInitFunc(CellDef *, ClientData);	/* UNUSED */
 void extDefPush();
 void extDefIncremental();
 void extParents();
@@ -395,9 +395,11 @@ ExtAll(rootUse)
  * cell defs, in preparation for extracting a subtree
  * rooted at a particular def.
  */
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extDefInitFunc(def)
+extDefInitFunc(def, cdata)
     CellDef *def;
+    ClientData cdata;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     def->cd_client = (ClientData) 0;
     return (0);
@@ -471,6 +473,19 @@ ExtUnique(rootUse, option)
     /* Fix up bounding boxes if they've changed */
     DBFixMismatch();
 
+    /* Because the "extract unique" does the same thing as "extract do unique"
+     * but the options may be different, disable "extract do unique" when
+     * "extract unique" is run, on the assumption that no user would
+     * intentionally use both methods.  If "do unique" was set and got
+     * disabled, then flag a warning.
+     */
+    if (ExtOptions & EXT_DOUNIQUE)
+    {
+	ExtOptions &= ~EXT_DOUNIQUE;
+	TxPrintf("Warning:  Extract option \"do unique\" disabled because "
+		"\"extract unique\" was run.\n");
+    }
+
     /* Mark all defs as being unvisited */
     (void) DBCellSrDefs(0, extDefInitFunc, (ClientData) 0);
 

extract/ExtNghbors.c

@@ -614,6 +614,7 @@ termtop:
 
 termdone:
 	/* (continue) */
+	(void)0; /* older compilers need a statement after the label to prevent a compile error */
     }
     
     /* Clean up---Put the ClientData entries in the tiles back to

extract/ExtSubtree.c

@@ -54,12 +54,14 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 /* C99 compat */
 #include "drc/drc.h"
 
-#ifdef	exactinteractions
 /*
- * If "exactinteractions" is defined, we use an experimental algorithm
+ * If "exactinteractions" is defined, use an experimental algorithm
- * for finding exact interaction areas.  Currently it doesn't work too
+ * for finding exact interaction areas.  Currently it doesn't work
- * well, so we leave it turned off.
+ * too well, so it is disabled.
  */
+/* #define exactinteractions */
+
+#ifdef	exactinteractions
 int ExtInterBloat = 10;
 #endif	/* exactinteractions */
 
@@ -174,8 +176,10 @@ extSubtree(parentUse, reg, f)
     int cuts, totcuts;
     float pdone, plast;
     SearchContext scx;
+    int savedDisplayStatus;
 
     /* Use the display timer to force a 5-second progress check */
+    savedDisplayStatus = GrDisplayStatus;
     GrDisplayStatus = DISPLAY_IN_PROGRESS;
     SigSetTimer(5);		    /* Print at 5-second intervals */
 
@@ -251,6 +255,17 @@ extSubtree(parentUse, reg, f)
 			if (result == 0) {
 			    /* If result == FALSE then ha.ha_interArea is invalid. */
 			    ha.ha_interArea = rlab;
+			    /* Ensure that the interaction area is not zero */
+			    if (ha.ha_interArea.r_xtop - ha.ha_interArea.r_xbot == 0)
+			    {
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_xtop++;
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_xbot--;
+			    }
+			    if (ha.ha_interArea.r_ytop - ha.ha_interArea.r_ybot == 0)
+			    {
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_ytop++;
+				ha.ha_interArea.r_ybot--;
+			    }
 			    result = 1;
 			}
 			else
@@ -337,7 +352,7 @@ done:
     /* Output connections and node adjustments */
     extOutputConns(&ha.ha_connHash, f);
     HashKill(&ha.ha_connHash);
-    GrDisplayStatus = DISPLAY_IDLE;
+    GrDisplayStatus = savedDisplayStatus;
     SigRemoveTimer();
 
     /* Clear the CU_SUB_EXTRACTED flag from all children instances */
@@ -779,6 +794,7 @@ extSubtreeFunc(scx, ha)
      */
     ha->ha_subArea = use->cu_bbox;
     GEOCLIP(&ha->ha_subArea, &ha->ha_interArea);
+
     hy.hy_area = &ha->ha_subArea;
     hy.hy_target = oneFlat->et_use;
     hy.hy_prefix = TRUE;

extract/ExtTech.c

@@ -836,6 +836,7 @@ extTechStyleInit(style)
 
     style->exts_sidePlanes = style->exts_overlapPlanes = 0;
     TTMaskZero(&style->exts_deviceMask);
+    TTMaskZero(&style->exts_subsDevTypes);
     style->exts_activeTypes = DBAllButSpaceAndDRCBits;
 
     for (r = 0; r < NP; r++)
@@ -2355,6 +2356,9 @@ ExtTechLine(sectionName, argc, argv)
 	    }
 
 	    TTMaskSetMask(&ExtCurStyle->exts_deviceMask, &types1);
+	    if (!TTMaskIsZero(&subsTypes))
+		TTMaskSetMask(&ExtCurStyle->exts_subsDevTypes, &types1);
+
 	    for (t = TT_TECHDEPBASE; t < DBNumTypes; t++)
 		if (TTMaskHasType(&types1, t))
 		{
@@ -2380,6 +2384,7 @@ ExtTechLine(sectionName, argc, argv)
 
 		    devptr->exts_next = ExtCurStyle->exts_device[t];
 		    ExtCurStyle->exts_device[t] = devptr;
+
 #ifdef ARIEL
 		    {
 			int z;
@@ -2867,6 +2872,8 @@ ExtTechLine(sectionName, argc, argv)
 	    }
 
 	    TTMaskSetMask(&ExtCurStyle->exts_deviceMask, &types1);
+	    if (!TTMaskIsZero(&subsTypes))
+		TTMaskSetMask(&ExtCurStyle->exts_subsDevTypes, &types1);
 
 	    for (t = TT_TECHDEPBASE; t < DBNumTypes; t++)
 	    {

extract/ExtTimes.c

@@ -288,9 +288,11 @@ ExtTimes(rootUse, f)
  * ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
  */
 
+/*ARGSUSED*/
 int
-extTimesInitFunc(use)
+extTimesInitFunc(use, cdata)
     CellUse *use;
+    ClientData cdata;	/* UNUSED */
 {
     CellDef *def = use->cu_def;
     struct cellStats *cs;

extract/ExtUnique.c

@@ -66,6 +66,8 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
  *	    label.  This way, the unique label form can be used by the
  *	    extraction code but labels (and port indexes) can be reverted
  *	    afterward, and no permanent change is made to the circuit.
+ *	Option EXT_UNIQ_TEMP_NOPORTS is a combination of EXT_UNIQ_TEMP and
+ *	    EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS.
  *
  * Results:
  *	Returns the number of warnings generated.
@@ -226,8 +228,9 @@ extMakeUnique(def, ll, lreg, lregList, labelHash, option)
     text = ll->ll_label->lab_text;
     if (option == EXT_UNIQ_ALL || option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP)
 	goto makeUnique;
-    else if ((option == EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS || option == EXT_UNIQ_NOTOPPORTS)
+    else if ((option == EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS || option == EXT_UNIQ_NOTOPPORTS ||
-		&& !(ll->ll_label->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK))
+		option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP_NOPORTS) &&
+		!(ll->ll_label->lab_flags & PORT_DIR_MASK))
 	goto makeUnique;
 
     cpend = strchr(text, '\0');
@@ -326,7 +329,8 @@ makeUnique:
 	    saveLab = *lab;
 
 	    /* Flag this label as having been modified */
-	    if (option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP) flags |= LABEL_UNIQUE;
+	    if ((option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP) || (option == EXT_UNIQ_TEMP_NOPORTS))
+		flags |= LABEL_UNIQUE;
 
 	    DBRemoveLabel(def, lab);
 	    DBPutFontLabel(def, &saveLab.lab_rect,

extract/extract.h

@@ -71,11 +71,12 @@ extern const char * const extDevTable[];
 #define	EXT_DORESISTANCE	0x008	/* Extract lumped resistance */
 #define	EXT_DOLENGTH		0x010	/* Extract pathlengths */
 #define	EXT_DOFRINGEHALO	0x020	/* Distributed fringe capacitance */
-#define	EXT_DOALL		0x03f	/* ALL OF THE ABOVE */
+#define EXT_DOUNIQUE		0x100	/* Force unique nodes during extraction */
+#define	EXT_DOALL		0x13f	/* ALL OF THE ABOVE */
 #define	EXT_DOLABELCHECK	0x040	/* Check for connections by label */
 #define EXT_DOALIASES		0x080	/* Output all node aliases */
-#define EXT_DOUNIQUE		0x100	/* Force unique nodes during extraction */
 #define EXT_DOEXTRESIST		0x200	/* Do full R-C extraction */
+#define EXT_DOUNIQNOTOPPORTS	0x400	/* Ignore top cell ports w/EXT_DOUNIQUE */
 
 extern int ExtOptions;		/* Bitmask of above */
 extern char *ExtLocalPath;	/* If non-NULL, location to write .ext files */ 
@@ -86,6 +87,7 @@ extern char *ExtLocalPath;	/* If non-NULL, location to write .ext files */
 #define EXT_UNIQ_NOPORTS	2
 #define EXT_UNIQ_NOTOPPORTS	3
 #define EXT_UNIQ_TEMP		4	/* Used only with "EXT_DOUNIQUE" */
+#define EXT_UNIQ_TEMP_NOPORTS	5	/* Used only with "EXT_DOUNIQUE" */
 
 extern bool ExtTechLine();
 extern void ExtTechInit();

extract/extractInt.h

@@ -626,6 +626,13 @@ typedef struct extstyle
      */
     TileTypeBitMask	 exts_deviceConn[NT];
 
+    /*
+     * List of device types which connect to a substrate type.  This
+     * distinguishes between devices that make a connection to substrate
+     * (e.g., FETs) and those that don't (e.g., MiM caps, metal resistors).
+     */
+    TileTypeBitMask	exts_subsDevTypes;
+
     /*
      * Set of types to be considered for extraction.  Types not in
      * this list cannot be nodes (e.g., implant layers)
@@ -981,6 +988,7 @@ typedef struct node
 				 * in the list is the "official" node name.
 				 */
     int		 node_len;	/* Number of entries in node_names */
+    ExtConnList	*node_ports;	/* List of areas that connect to other cells */
     CapValue	 node_cap;	/* Capacitance to substrate */
     PerimArea	 node_pa[1];	/* Dummy; each node actually has
 				 * ExtCurStyle->exts_numResistClasses

graphics/grMain.c

@@ -63,7 +63,6 @@ static char rcsid[] __attribute__ ((unused)) = "$Header: /usr/cvsroot/magic-8.0/
 #include <unistd.h>
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "utils/hash.h"

graphics/grNull.c

@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <string.h>
 
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"
@@ -62,6 +61,74 @@ nullDoNothing()
 {
 }
 
+/*
+ * Typed no-op stubs for WASM call_indirect type compatibility.
+ * WASM enforces exact type signatures at indirect call sites; assigning
+ * a 0-arg nullDoNothing to a pointer called with arguments causes a
+ * "null function or function signature mismatch" trap.  These stubs
+ * have the correct arity so the WASM type check passes.
+ */
+
+/* 1-argument stub (int or pointer) */
+static void
+nullDoNothingI(int a)
+{
+    (void) a;
+}
+
+/* 2-argument stub */
+static void
+nullDoNothingII(int a, int b)
+{
+    (void) a; (void) b;
+}
+
+/* 4-argument stub */
+static void
+nullDoNothingIIII(int a, int b, int c, int d)
+{
+    (void) a; (void) b; (void) c; (void) d;
+}
+
+/* 7-argument stub (for grFontTextPtr) */
+static void
+nullDoNothingIIIIIII(int a, int b, int c, int d, int e, int f, int g)
+{
+    (void) a; (void) b; (void) c; (void) d; (void) e; (void) f; (void) g;
+}
+
+/* bool-returning stubs — return FALSE so callers treat backing store / window
+ * creation as unavailable, which is correct for the headless null driver. */
+static bool
+nullReturnFalseI(int a)
+{
+    (void) a;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+static bool
+nullReturnFalseII(int a, int b)
+{
+    (void) a; (void) b;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* 3-argument bool-returning stub (for grDrawGridPtr) */
+static bool
+nullReturnFalseIII(int a, int b, int c)
+{
+    (void) a; (void) b; (void) c;
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+/* 1-argument int-returning stub (for GrWindowIdPtr) */
+static int
+nullReturnZeroI(int a)
+{
+    (void) a;
+    return 0;
+}
+
 /*
  *---------------------------------------------------------
  *
@@ -247,8 +314,10 @@ nullSetDisplay(dispType, outFileName, mouseFileName)
 {
     TxPrintf("Using NULL graphics device.\n");
 
+#ifndef __EMSCRIPTEN__
     TxAdd1InputDevice(fileno(stdin), nullStdin, (ClientData) NULL);
     if (TxStdinIsatty) SigWatchFile(fileno(stdin), "stdin");
+#endif
 
     /* Set up the procedure values in the indirection table. */
 
@@ -260,25 +329,49 @@ nullSetDisplay(dispType, outFileName, mouseFileName)
 
     GrEnableTabletPtr = nullDoNothing;
     GrDisableTabletPtr = nullDoNothing;
-    GrSetCursorPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    GrSetCursorPtr = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
     GrTextSizePtr = NullTextSize;
-    GrDrawGlyphPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    GrDrawGlyphPtr = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
     GrBitBltPtr = NullBitBlt;
     GrReadPixelPtr = nullReturnZero;
     GrFlushPtr = nullDoNothing;
 
+    /* Window management — null driver has no real windows; return FALSE so
+     * callers know the operation wasn't performed. */
+    GrCreateWindowPtr     = NULL; /* headless: skip OS window creation, WindCreate stays OK */
+    GrDeleteWindowPtr     = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    GrConfigureWindowPtr  = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    GrOverWindowPtr       = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    GrUnderWindowPtr      = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    GrDamagedPtr          = nullDoNothing;
+    GrUpdateIconPtr       = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
+    GrEventPendingPtr     = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalse;
+    GrWindowIdPtr         = (int  (*)()) nullReturnZeroI;
+    GrWindowNamePtr       = NULL;   /* protected by callers */
+    GrGetCursorPosPtr     = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalseII;
+    GrGetCursorRootPosPtr = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalseII;
+
+    /* Backing store — not available in headless mode */
+    GrGetBackingStorePtr    = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalseII;
+    GrScrollBackingStorePtr = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalseII;
+    GrPutBackingStorePtr    = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
+    GrFreeBackingStorePtr   = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    GrCreateBackingStorePtr = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+
     /* local indirections */
-    grSetSPatternPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grSetSPatternPtr  = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
-    grPutTextPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grPutTextPtr      = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingIIII;
-    grFontTextPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grFontTextPtr     = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingIIIIIII;
-    grDefineCursorPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grDefineCursorPtr = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
-    grDrawGridPtr = nullReturnFalse;
+    grFreeCursorPtr   = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
-    grDrawLinePtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grDrawGridPtr     = (bool (*)()) nullReturnFalseIII;
-    grSetWMandCPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grDrawLinePtr     = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingIIII;
-    grFillRectPtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grSetWMandCPtr    = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
-    grSetStipplePtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grFillRectPtr     = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
-    grSetLineStylePtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grFillPolygonPtr  = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingII;
-    grSetCharSizePtr = nullDoNothing;
+    grSetStipplePtr   = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    grSetLineStylePtr = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
+    grSetCharSizePtr  = (void (*)()) nullDoNothingI;
 
     GrScreenRect.r_xtop = 511;
     GrScreenRect.r_ytop = 483;

graphics/grOGL1.c

@@ -17,7 +17,6 @@
 #include <signal.h>
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"

graphics/grOGL4.c

@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"

graphics/grTCairo1.c

@@ -28,7 +28,6 @@
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"

graphics/grTCairo4.c

@@ -15,7 +15,6 @@
 
 #include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"

graphics/grTOGL1.c

@@ -26,7 +26,6 @@
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"

graphics/grTOGL4.c

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 
 #include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"

graphics/grTk1.c

@@ -23,7 +23,6 @@
 #include "utils/main.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
 #include "utils/malloc.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"

graphics/grTk4.c

@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
 
 #include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "windows/windows.h"

graphics/grX11su1.c

@@ -31,7 +31,6 @@
 #include <X11/Xutil.h>
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "textio/txcommands.h"

graphics/grX11su4.c

@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
 #include <X11/Xlib.h>
 
 #include "utils/magic.h"
-#include "utils/magsgtty.h"
 #include "textio/textio.h"
 #include "utils/geometry.h"
 #include "graphics/graphics.h"

magic/Makefile

@@ -4,10 +4,14 @@
 
 MODULE   = magic
 MAGICDIR = ..
-SRCS     = magicTop.c
 
 include ${MAGICDIR}/defs.mak
 
+SRCS     = magicTop.c
+ifeq (${MAKE_WASM},1)
+SRCS    += magicWasm.c
+endif
+
 EXTRA_LIBS = ${MAGICDIR}/bplane/libbplane.o \
 	    ${MAGICDIR}/cmwind/libcmwind.o \
 	    ${MAGICDIR}/commands/libcommands.o \
@@ -37,7 +41,35 @@ LIBS   += ${GR_LIBS} ${READLINE_LIBS} -lm ${LD_EXTRA_LIBS} \
 		${OA_LIBS} ${ZLIB_FLAG} ${TOP_EXTRA_LIBS}
 CLEANS += tclmagic${SHDLIB_EXT} libtclmagic${SHDLIB_EXT}.a proto.magicrc
 
+ifeq (${MAKE_WASM},1)
+# magicWasm.c bootstraps the embedded Tcl interp by calling Tcl_CreateInterp /
+# Tcl_Init before tclStubsPtr is initialised. With -DUSE_TCL_STUBS those calls
+# expand to (*tclStubsPtr->...)() and dereference a NULL stubs pointer; so
+# this one file must be compiled with DFLAGS_NOSTUB (= DFLAGS without
+# -DUSE_TCL_STUBS). All other files keep using stubs.
+magicWasm.o: magicWasm.c
+	@echo --- compiling magic/magicWasm.o '(no Tcl stubs)'
+	${RM} magicWasm.o
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${DFLAGS_NOSTUB} -c magicWasm.c
+
+magic.js: lib${MODULE}.o ${EXTRA_LIBS}
+	@echo --- building main magic WASM
+	${RM} magic.js magic.wasm
+ifneq (${TCL_LIB_DIR},)
+# TCL variant: pull in the main TCL archive (LIB_SPECS_NOSTUB → -ltcl9.x) and
+# the stub-bootstrap archive (-ltclstub). Both are required: magic's objects
+# use USE_TCL_STUBS macros (resolved by tclStubsPtr from libtclstub.a), and
+# tclStubsPtr itself must point into the real TCL implementation (libtcl9.x.a).
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${DFLAGS} lib${MODULE}.o ${EXTRA_LIBS} -o magic.js ${LIBS} ${LIB_SPECS_NOSTUB} -L${TCL_LIB_DIR} -ltclstub
+else
+	${CC} ${CFLAGS} ${CPPFLAGS} ${DFLAGS} lib${MODULE}.o ${EXTRA_LIBS} -o magic.js ${LIBS}
+endif
+endif
+
 main: magic proto.magicrc
+ifeq (${MAKE_WASM},1)
+	@bash ${MAGICDIR}/toolchains/emscripten/post-build.sh magic.js magic.wasm
+endif
 
 tcl-main: tclmagic${SHDLIB_EXT} proto.magicrc
 
@@ -78,3 +110,14 @@ $(DESTDIR)${INSTALL_SYSDIR}/magicps.pro: magicps.pro
 	${CP} magicps.pro $(DESTDIR)${INSTALL_SYSDIR}/magicps.pro
 
 include ${MAGICDIR}/rules.mak
+
+ifeq (${MAKE_WASM},1)
+# rules.mak defines `${MODULE}` (= `magic`) with a recipe that links a native
+# executable without the TCL libraries. For the WASM build the real artifact
+# is `magic.js` (+ `magic.wasm`), so override the target to be a phony alias
+# that just rebuilds magic.js. Must come after the include so make uses this
+# recipe instead of rules.mak's.
+.PHONY: magic
+magic: magic.js
+	@:
+endif

magic/magicTop.c

@@ -59,8 +59,14 @@ main(int argc, char *argv[])
  * here, nor its format.  It is updated by the Makefile in this directory.
  *
  * The version string originates at the top of scripts/config.
+ *
+ * Under MAGIC_WRAPPER (Tcl-embedded builds), tclmagic.c owns these globals;
+ * defining them here as well would produce duplicate-symbol errors when both
+ * objects end up in the same binary (as in the WASM build).
  */
 
+#ifndef MAGIC_WRAPPER
 char *MagicVersion = MAGIC_VERSION;
 char *MagicRevision = MAGIC_REVISION;
 char *MagicCompileTime = MAGIC_BUILDDATE;
+#endif

magic/magicWasm.c

@@ -0,0 +1,194 @@
+/*
+ * magicWasm.c --
+ *
+ *  Headless Emscripten entry points for running Magic without a
+ *  terminal-driven event loop.
+ */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+#include "tcltk/tclmagic.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "utils/main.h"
+#include "utils/magic.h"
+#include "utils/paths.h"
+#include "textio/textio.h"
+#include "textio/txcommands.h"
+#include "utils/utils.h"
+#include "windows/windows.h"
+#include "graphics/graphics.h"
+
+#ifdef __EMSCRIPTEN__
+#include <emscripten/emscripten.h>
+#else
+#define EMSCRIPTEN_KEEPALIVE
+#endif
+
+static int
+magicWasmEnsureCadRoot(void)
+{
+    if (getenv("CAD_ROOT") == NULL)
+    {
+	if (setenv("CAD_ROOT", "/", 0) != 0)
+	{
+	    TxError("Failed to set CAD_ROOT for the WASM runtime.\n");
+	    return -1;
+	}
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+/* Forward decl — Tclmagic_Init bootstraps the Tcl interpreter (registers
+ * the magic::initialize command and calls Tcl_InitStubs(), which sets
+ * tclStubsPtr).  Without this, any Tcl_X macro dereferences a NULL stubs
+ * pointer at runtime (crashes the wasm).  The actual magic:: commands
+ * (magic::load, magic::gds, etc.) are registered separately by
+ * TclmagicRegisterCommands() after magicMainInit() populates the clients. */
+extern int Tclmagic_Init(Tcl_Interp *interp);
+#endif
+
+EMSCRIPTEN_KEEPALIVE int
+magic_wasm_init(void)
+{
+    static char *argv[] = {
+	"magic",
+	"-d",
+	"null",
+	"-T",
+	"minimum",
+	NULL
+    };
+
+    if (magicWasmEnsureCadRoot() != 0)
+	return -1;
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    /* In wrapper mode, magic's code (and our PaExpand path expansion) reaches
+     * for `magicinterp` to resolve $env vars via Tcl_GetVar.  In the normal
+     * Linux flow Tclmagic_Init() is called by tclsh after dlopen(); here we
+     * embed the interp directly, so we have to bootstrap it before
+     * magicMainInit() runs anything that might touch Tcl.
+     *
+     * Note: we deliberately avoid TxError here — in MAGIC_WRAPPER mode
+     * TxError flushes via Tcl_EvalEx through tclStubsPtr, which only becomes
+     * non-NULL after Tclmagic_Init -> Tcl_InitStubs.  So early errors go
+     * straight to stderr. */
+    if (magicinterp == NULL)
+    {
+	Tcl_Interp *interp = Tcl_CreateInterp();
+	if (interp == NULL)
+	{
+	    fprintf(stderr, "magic_wasm_init: Tcl_CreateInterp returned NULL\n");
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	/* Tcl_Init loads /init.tcl from the Tcl library directory; in our
+	 * embedded VFS that script isn't shipped, so failure here is expected
+	 * and non-fatal — the interpreter itself is still usable for embedded
+	 * evaluation, which is all we need. */
+	(void)Tcl_Init(interp);
+	consoleinterp = interp;
+	if (Tclmagic_Init(interp) != TCL_OK)
+	{
+	    fprintf(stderr, "magic_wasm_init: Tclmagic_Init failed: %s\n",
+		Tcl_GetStringResult(interp));
+	    return -1;
+	}
+    }
+#endif
+
+    {
+	static int commandsRegistered = FALSE;
+	int rc = magicMainInit(5, argv);
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+	if (rc == 0 && !commandsRegistered)
+	{
+	    TclmagicRegisterCommands(magicinterp);
+	    commandsRegistered = TRUE;
+	}
+#endif
+	return rc;
+    }
+}
+
+EMSCRIPTEN_KEEPALIVE int
+magic_wasm_run_command(const char *command)
+{
+    int status;
+
+    status = magic_wasm_init();
+    if (status != 0)
+	return status;
+
+    if ((command == NULL) || (*command == '\0'))
+	return 0;
+
+    /* Set the current point to the center of the screen so that
+     * WindSendCommand routes the command to the layout window client
+     * (not the window-management border client which handles point 0,0).
+     */
+    TxSetPoint(GrScreenRect.r_xtop / 2, GrScreenRect.r_ytop / 2,
+	    WIND_UNKNOWN_WINDOW);
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    /* In wrapper mode the command is Tcl. Evaluate it via the magic interp;
+     * the magic backend is reachable through ::magic:: ensemble commands. */
+    if (magicinterp == NULL)
+	return -1;
+    return Tcl_EvalEx(magicinterp, command, -1, 0);
+#else
+    return TxDispatchString(command, FALSE);
+#endif
+}
+
+EMSCRIPTEN_KEEPALIVE int
+magic_wasm_source_file(const char *path)
+{
+    int status;
+
+    status = magic_wasm_init();
+    if (status != 0)
+	return status;
+
+    if ((path == NULL) || (*path == '\0'))
+	return -1;
+
+#ifdef MAGIC_WRAPPER
+    /* In wrapper mode the file contains Tcl; evaluate it through the
+     * Tcl interpreter so that magic:: commands are dispatched via
+     * _tcl_dispatch just like magic_wasm_run_command does for strings. */
+    if (magicinterp == NULL)
+	return -1;
+    return Tcl_EvalFile(magicinterp, path);
+#else
+    {
+	FILE *f = PaOpen((char *)path, "r", (char *)NULL, ".", (char *)NULL,
+		(char **)NULL);
+	if (f == NULL)
+	{
+	    TxError("Unable to open command file \"%s\".\n", path);
+	    return -1;
+	}
+	/* Set the current point to the center of the screen so that
+	 * WindSendCommand routes all commands from the file to the layout
+	 * window client.  Without this, commands arrive with point (0,0)
+	 * and end up in the border/windClient context where most are unknown. */
+	TxSetPoint(GrScreenRect.r_xtop / 2, GrScreenRect.r_ytop / 2,
+		WIND_UNKNOWN_WINDOW);
+	TxDispatch(f);
+	fclose(f);
+	return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+EMSCRIPTEN_KEEPALIVE void
+magic_wasm_update(void)
+{
+    if (magic_wasm_init() == 0)
+	WindUpdate();
+}

magic/magicps.pro

@@ -26,17 +26,19 @@ StipplePattern begin
  /FontMatrix [1 0 0 1 0 0] def
  /FontBBox [0 0 1 1] def
  /Encoding 256 array def
- /PattName (P0) def
+ /PattName (P000) def
- /tmpStr 1 string def
+ /tmpStr 3 string def
  /NoPatt {<00>} def
  0 1 255 { Encoding exch /NoPatt put } for
  /BuildChar {
    1 0 0 0 1 1 setcachedevice exch begin Encoding exch get load
    64 64 true [64 0 0 64 0 0] 5 -1 roll imagemask end } def
 end  
-/dp { StipplePattern begin dup 30 tmpStr cvrs PattName exch 1 exch
+/dp { StipplePattern begin 
-   putinterval PattName cvn dup Encoding exch 4 -1 roll exch put exch
+   dup 10 tmpStr cvrs /num exch def 
-   store end } def
+   PattName 1 num putinterval 
+   PattName 0 num length 1 add getinterval cvn 
+   dup Encoding exch 4 -1 roll exch put exch store end } def
 /sf { findfont exch scalefont setfont } bind def
 /sp { patterns setfont 2 setlinewidth } def
 /lb { gsave translate 0 0 moveto /just exch def gsave dup true charpath
@@ -68,4 +70,3 @@ end
    x y moveto w y lineto w h lineto x h lineto closepath clip bx } def
 /tb {1 sub 3 1 roll gsave newpath moveto {lineto} repeat closepath clip pathbbox
    /h exch def /w exch def /y exch def /x exch def bx } def
-

npm/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+# Variant build outputs (regenerable via npm/build.sh).
+tcl/magic.js
+tcl/magic.wasm
+notcl/magic.js
+notcl/magic.wasm
+
+# Pre-restructure artifacts (just in case anyone still has them locally).
+magic.js
+magic.wasm
+
+*.tgz
+node_modules/
+package-lock.json
+examples/output/

npm/LICENSE

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+Copyright (C) 1985, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+
+Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this
+software and its documentation for any purpose and without
+fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright
+notice appear in all copies.  The University of California
+makes no representations about the suitability of this
+software for any purpose.  It is provided "as is" without
+express or implied warranty.  Export of this software outside
+of the United States of America may require an export license.

npm/README.md

@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+# magic-vlsi-wasm
+
+[Magic VLSI](http://opencircuitdesign.com/magic/) layout tool, compiled to
+WebAssembly as a headless library. Runs in Node.js, browsers, and Web Workers
+— no X11, no Tk, no native dependencies.
+
+Use it to programmatically read and write `.mag`, `.gds`, `.cif`, `.ext`, and
+SPICE netlists; run DRC; extract parasitics — anywhere JavaScript runs.
+
+The package ships two variants:
+
+| Variant | Entry point | Description |
+|---------|-------------|-------------|
+| **notcl** (default) | `magic-vlsi-wasm` | Standalone — no Tcl interpreter. Commands are plain Magic command strings. |
+| **tcl** | `magic-vlsi-wasm/tcl` | Embeds a full Tcl 9 interpreter. Commands are evaluated as Tcl; Magic commands are available as the `::magic::` ensemble. |
+
+## Install
+
+The package is published to GitHub Packages. Add the following to your
+project's `.npmrc` so npm knows where to find it:
+
+```
+@rtimothyedwards:registry=https://npm.pkg.github.com
+```
+
+Then install:
+
+```bash
+npm install @rtimothyedwards/magic-vlsi-wasm
+```
+
+If the package is private or you hit a 401, authenticate with a GitHub
+[personal access token](https://github.com/settings/tokens) that has the
+`read:packages` scope:
+
+```
+//npm.pkg.github.com/:_authToken=YOUR_TOKEN
+@rtimothyedwards:registry=https://npm.pkg.github.com
+```
+
+Requires Node.js 18 or newer.
+
+## Quick start
+
+### Default variant (no Tcl)
+
+```js
+import createMagic from 'magic-vlsi-wasm';
+
+const { runCommand, FS } = await createMagic();
+
+// Drop a layout into Magic's virtual filesystem
+FS.mkdirTree('/work');
+FS.writeFile('/work/inv.mag', layoutBytes);
+
+// Run Magic commands — scmos is built into the WASM binary, no tech file needed
+runCommand('tech load scmos');
+runCommand('load /work/inv');
+runCommand('gds write /work/inv');
+
+// Read the result back out
+const gdsBytes = FS.readFile('/work/inv.gds');
+```
+
+### TCL variant
+
+```js
+import createMagic from 'magic-vlsi-wasm/tcl';
+
+const { runCommand, FS } = await createMagic();
+
+// Pure Tcl works directly
+runCommand('set x 42');
+runCommand('puts $tcl_version');
+
+// Magic commands are available as the ::magic:: ensemble
+runCommand('magic::tech load scmos');
+runCommand('magic::load /work/inv');
+runCommand('magic::gds write /work/inv');
+```
+
+The `scmos` technology family (`scmos`, `minimum`, `nmos`, ...) is embedded in
+the WASM binary and available out of the box — those names work without
+writing any tech file. To use a custom technology, write its `.tech` file into
+the VFS at `/magic/sys/current/<name>.tech` before calling `tech load <name>`.
+
+## API
+
+```ts
+createMagic(options?): Promise<MagicInstance>
+```
+
+`options` is forwarded to the underlying Emscripten module. Useful keys:
+
+| Key          | Default          | Purpose |
+|--------------|------------------|---------|
+| `wasmBinary` | fetched lazily   | Pre-fetched ArrayBuffer of `magic.wasm` (skips a network round-trip in browsers) |
+| `print`      | `console.log`    | Callback for each stdout line |
+| `printErr`   | `console.error`  | Callback for each stderr line |
+
+The returned `MagicInstance` exposes:
+
+| Method                    | Description |
+|---------------------------|-------------|
+| `runCommand(cmd: string)` | Dispatch a single Magic command. Returns 0 on success. |
+| `sourceFile(path: string)` | Execute a script from the virtual filesystem. Returns 0 on success, -1 if the file could not be opened. |
+| `init()`                  | Force initialization. Idempotent — `runCommand` and `sourceFile` call it for you. |
+| `update()`                | Drive a display-update cycle. No-op in this headless build. |
+| `FS`                      | Emscripten virtual filesystem. See the [Emscripten docs](https://emscripten.org/docs/api_reference/Filesystem-API.html). |
+
+Full TypeScript types ship in [`index.d.ts`](index.d.ts).
+
+### Low-level access
+
+`createMagic()` is a thin convenience wrapper over the underlying Emscripten
+module. If you need direct access — for example to call `cwrap` yourself or
+to drive `magic_wasm_init` manually — import the module factory directly:
+
+```js
+import createMagicModule from 'magic-vlsi-wasm/magic.js';
+
+const module = await createMagicModule({ wasmBinary, print, printErr });
+module._magic_wasm_init();
+const run = module.cwrap('magic_wasm_run_command', 'number', ['string']);
+run('tech load scmos');
+```
+
+The bundled examples use this lower-level path together with a small helper
+class ([`examples/helpers.js`](examples/helpers.js)) that adds a
+`runScript(text)` convenience method — it splits a multi-line Tcl block,
+strips comments, and dispatches each line via `runCommand`. Useful when you
+have a script as a string rather than as a file in the VFS.
+
+## Examples
+
+The package ships runnable examples for the most common workflows. After
+installing, run one directly:
+
+```bash
+node node_modules/magic-vlsi-wasm/examples/extract.js
+node node_modules/magic-vlsi-wasm/examples/gds.js
+node node_modules/magic-vlsi-wasm/examples/drc.js
+node node_modules/magic-vlsi-wasm/examples/cif.js
+```
+
+Or, when developing inside this repo:
+
+```bash
+npm test           # full suite (extract, gds, drc, cif)
+npm run example    # extract.js — RC extraction + SPICE netlist
+npm run test:gds   # GDS write only
+npm run test:drc   # DRC check only
+npm run test:cif   # CIF write only
+```
+
+Each example loads the bundled [`min.mag`](examples/min.mag) (a small NPN
+transistor cell from Magic's own scmos test suite) under the built-in `scmos`
+technology — no external tech file required. See [`examples/`](examples/) for
+the source; [`example.js`](examples/example.js) is the simplest entry point
+(GDS → CIF conversion in ~40 lines).
+
+## Build from source
+
+If you want to rebuild the WASM module yourself, see
+[`toolchains/emscripten/README.md`](../toolchains/emscripten/README.md).
+The short version:
+
+```bash
+bash npm/build.sh                    # both variants, debug build
+bash npm/build.sh --variant=notcl    # default variant only (faster)
+bash npm/build.sh --variant=tcl      # TCL variant only
+bash npm/build.sh --release          # optimized (-O2, no debug symbols)
+bash npm/build.sh --test             # build + run tests
+bash npm/build.sh --pack             # build + produce magic-vlsi-wasm-<version>.tgz
+```
+
+You will need an activated [emsdk](https://emscripten.org/docs/getting_started/downloads.html)
+on your PATH. If you pass `EMSDK_DIR=/path/to/emsdk`, `build.sh` sources
+`emsdk_env.sh` for you.
+
+### TCL variant: cloning the TCL source tree
+
+The TCL variant links against a static WASM build of
+[tcltk/tcl](https://github.com/tcltk/tcl). `build.sh` clones the source tree
+automatically into `build-tcl-wasm/tcl` on the first run and builds it
+out-of-source in the same directory — everything stays under `build-tcl-wasm/`
+(which is gitignored), so nothing outside it is touched. Subsequent runs reuse
+the existing clone and build.
+
+```bash
+# Override the TCL version or source repository
+TCL_REF=core-9-0-3 bash npm/build.sh --variant=tcl
+TCL_REPO_URL=https://github.com/tcltk/tcl.git bash npm/build.sh --variant=tcl
+```
+
+CI always resolves the latest stable `core-9-0-x` tag automatically. To build
+against a specific version, set `TCL_REF` in the environment.
+
+## Versioning
+
+Published versions follow the scheme `{MAJOR}.{MINOR}.{PATCH}0{YYYYMMDD}+git{SHA}`,
+for example `8.3.799020261231+git01234cde`.
+
+The date is embedded directly into the patch number (separated by a leading
+zero for readability). This means:
+
+- Versions are orderable numerically — a later build date is always a higher
+  version number within the same patch series.
+- Security or bugfix releases for `8.3.799` can be inserted as later dates
+  (`8.3.799020270101`, `8.3.799020270201`, …) without bumping the patch number.
+- Users who want to lock to the `8.3.799` series and receive only those patches
+  can use the range `<=8.3.799900000000` or `<8.3.8000000000000`.
+- `~8.3.799` matches all `8.3.*` versions (broader than the 799 series alone).
+
+The `+git…` suffix is build metadata — it is ignored by npm for version
+comparison and range matching. It exists purely for traceability.
+
+## Limitations
+
+- Headless only. There is no display driver, so commands that draw to a
+  window (`view`, `findbox`, interactive macros) are no-ops.
+- Single-threaded. WASM modules are not thread-safe — create one instance
+  per worker.
+
+## License
+
+[HPND](LICENSE) — Copyright (C) 1985, 1990 Regents of the University of California.
+
+### Bundled test layout
+
+The example layout [`examples/min.mag`](examples/min.mag) is taken from
+Magic's own scmos test suite ([`scmos/examples/bipolar/min.mag`](../scmos/examples/bipolar/min.mag))
+and is included here as a runnable smoke test for the WASM build. The `scmos`
+technology it targets is compiled into the WASM binary, so no external tech
+file is shipped.

npm/build.sh

@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env bash
+# Build Magic WASM and copy artifacts into this npm/ directory.
+#
+# Usage:
+#   npm/build.sh [--variant=<tcl|notcl|both>] [--release] [--test] [--pack]
+#
+#   --variant=tcl    Build only the TCL-embedded variant       → npm/tcl/
+#   --variant=notcl  Build only the plain (no Tcl/Tk) variant  → npm/notcl/
+#   --variant=both   Build both (default)
+#
+#   --release   Omit debug symbols (-g) and build with -O2.
+#   --test      Run `npm run test` after copying artifacts.
+#   --pack      Run `npm pack` after copying artifacts (and tests, if given).
+#
+# Requirements (must be on PATH or set via env vars before running):
+#   emcc / emmake / emconfigure  — Emscripten compiler tools
+#   make, gcc                    — standard build tools
+#   node, npm                    — only required for --test / --pack
+#
+# Environment:
+#   EMSDK_DIR     Path to an activated emsdk checkout.
+#                 If set, emsdk_env.sh is sourced from there.
+#                 If unset, emcc must already be on PATH (e.g. sourced externally).
+#   TCL_REF       git ref (tag/branch/SHA) of tcltk/tcl to build for the TCL
+#                 variant. Default: main. (CI pins the latest stable tag.)
+#   TCL_REPO_URL  git URL to clone tcltk/tcl from. Default: the upstream repo.
+
+set -euo pipefail
+
+SCRIPT_DIR="$(cd "$(dirname "${BASH_SOURCE[0]}")" && pwd)"
+REPO_ROOT="$(dirname "$SCRIPT_DIR")"
+# The TCL variant builds a static WASM Tcl from a pristine clone of tcltk/tcl.
+# Both the clone (tcl/) and the out-of-source build artifacts live entirely
+# under build-tcl-wasm/ (gitignored), so nothing outside it is ever touched.
+TCL_BUILD_DIR="${TCL_BUILD_DIR:-$REPO_ROOT/build-tcl-wasm}"
+TCL_SRC_DIR="$TCL_BUILD_DIR/tcl"
+TCL_WASM_PREFIX="$TCL_BUILD_DIR/install"
+
+OPT_RELEASE=0
+OPT_TEST=0
+OPT_PACK=0
+OPT_VARIANT=both
+for arg in "$@"; do
+  case "$arg" in
+    --release)        OPT_RELEASE=1 ;;
+    --test)           OPT_TEST=1    ;;
+    --pack)           OPT_PACK=1    ;;
+    --variant=tcl)    OPT_VARIANT=tcl   ;;
+    --variant=notcl)  OPT_VARIANT=notcl ;;
+    --variant=both)   OPT_VARIANT=both  ;;
+    *) echo "Unknown option: $arg" >&2; exit 1 ;;
+  esac
+done
+
+# --- locate emscripten -------------------------------------------------------
+if [ -n "${EMSDK_DIR:-}" ]; then
+  if [ ! -f "$EMSDK_DIR/emsdk_env.sh" ]; then
+    echo "Error: EMSDK_DIR is set to '$EMSDK_DIR' but emsdk_env.sh was not found there." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+  # shellcheck source=/dev/null
+  source "$EMSDK_DIR/emsdk_env.sh"
+else
+  if ! command -v emcc &>/dev/null; then
+    echo "Error: emcc not found on PATH and EMSDK_DIR is not set." >&2
+    echo "  Either source emsdk_env.sh before running this script," >&2
+    echo "  or set EMSDK_DIR to your emsdk checkout directory." >&2
+    exit 1
+  fi
+fi
+
+echo "Using emcc: $(command -v emcc)"
+emcc --version | head -1
+
+# --- portability helpers -----------------------------------------------------
+# CPU count: Linux has nproc, macOS has sysctl, fall back to getconf.
+ncpu() {
+  if command -v nproc &>/dev/null; then
+    nproc
+  elif [ "$(uname)" = "Darwin" ]; then
+    sysctl -n hw.ncpu
+  else
+    getconf _NPROCESSORS_ONLN 2>/dev/null || echo 1
+  fi
+}
+
+# Portable in-place sed (BSD sed on macOS disagrees with GNU on -i).
+# Uses redirect-back instead of mv so the file's mode bits are preserved
+# (configure must stay executable across build.sh invocations).
+sed_strip_cr() {
+  local file=$1 tmp
+  tmp=$(mktemp)
+  sed 's/\r//' "$file" > "$tmp" && cat "$tmp" > "$file" && rm "$tmp"
+}
+
+if [ $OPT_RELEASE -eq 1 ]; then
+  EXTRA_CFLAGS="-O2"
+else
+  EXTRA_CFLAGS="-g"
+fi
+
+# --- TCL fork: clone and prebuild (TCL variant only) ------------------------
+# Uses TCL_REPO_URL and TCL_REF from the environment (both have defaults).
+# The source is cloned into build-tcl-wasm/tcl on the first run and checked
+# out at the requested ref. Because this clone is private to the build dir,
+# we manage its HEAD freely — no user-supplied tree is ever mutated.
+#
+# The actual WASM build runs out-of-source in $TCL_BUILD_DIR, driven by
+# toolchains/emscripten/build-tcl-wasm.sh.
+ensure_tcl_built() {
+  : "${TCL_REPO_URL:=https://github.com/tcltk/tcl.git}"
+  : "${TCL_REF:=main}"
+
+  if [ ! -d "$TCL_SRC_DIR/.git" ]; then
+    echo "=== cloning $TCL_REPO_URL into $TCL_SRC_DIR ==="
+    mkdir -p "$TCL_BUILD_DIR"
+    git -c core.autocrlf=false clone "$TCL_REPO_URL" "$TCL_SRC_DIR"
+  fi
+
+  ( cd "$TCL_SRC_DIR"
+    current_sha=$(git rev-parse HEAD 2>/dev/null || echo "")
+    if [ "$current_sha" != "$TCL_REF" ]; then
+      git fetch --quiet origin
+      git checkout --quiet --detach "$TCL_REF"
+    fi
+    echo "Using TCL at $(git rev-parse HEAD) ($TCL_REPO_URL)"
+  )
+
+  # Build TCL for WASM if it hasn't been built yet. The presence of
+  # tclConfig.sh in the install prefix is the canonical "TCL is built" marker.
+  if [ ! -f "$TCL_WASM_PREFIX/lib/tclConfig.sh" ]; then
+    echo "=== building TCL for WASM into $TCL_BUILD_DIR (one-time) ==="
+    bash "$REPO_ROOT/toolchains/emscripten/build-tcl-wasm.sh" \
+      --src="$TCL_SRC_DIR" --out="$TCL_BUILD_DIR"
+  fi
+}
+
+# --- build a single variant --------------------------------------------------
+# Each variant gets a fresh configure run because the two configurations
+# select different code paths (MAGIC_WRAPPER on/off, MAGIC_NO_TK, link flags),
+# so the object cache from one variant is not compatible with the other.
+build_variant() {
+  local variant=$1
+  local out_dir="$SCRIPT_DIR/$variant"
+
+  echo
+  echo "==============================================================="
+  echo "=== building variant: $variant"
+  echo "==============================================================="
+
+  cd "$REPO_ROOT"
+
+  # Full clean — distclean removes the generated defs.mak and module objects.
+  if [ -f defs.mak ]; then
+    emmake make distclean || true
+  fi
+  rm -f defs.mak database/database.h
+
+  # Strip Windows CRLF line endings (no-op on Linux-native files).
+  sed_strip_cr configure
+  find scripts/ -type f -print0 | while IFS= read -r -d '' f; do sed_strip_cr "$f"; done
+
+  if [ "$variant" = "tcl" ]; then
+    ensure_tcl_built
+    CFLAGS="--std=c17 -D_DEFAULT_SOURCE=1 -DEMSCRIPTEN=1 ${EXTRA_CFLAGS}" \
+      emconfigure ./configure \
+        --without-cairo --without-opengl --without-x --without-tk \
+        --with-tcl="$TCL_WASM_PREFIX/lib" \
+        --with-tclincls="$TCL_WASM_PREFIX/include" \
+        --with-tcllibs="$TCL_WASM_PREFIX/lib" \
+        --disable-readline --disable-compression \
+        --host=asmjs-unknown-emscripten \
+        --target=asmjs-unknown-emscripten
+  else
+    CFLAGS="--std=c17 -D_DEFAULT_SOURCE=1 -DEMSCRIPTEN=1 ${EXTRA_CFLAGS}" \
+      emconfigure ./configure \
+        --without-cairo --without-opengl --without-x \
+        --without-tk --without-tcl \
+        --disable-readline --disable-compression \
+        --host=asmjs-unknown-emscripten \
+        --target=asmjs-unknown-emscripten
+  fi
+
+  cat toolchains/emscripten/defs.mak >> defs.mak
+
+  emmake make depend
+  emmake make -j"$(ncpu)" modules libs
+  emmake make techs
+  emmake make mains
+
+  mkdir -p "$out_dir"
+  cp magic/magic.js   "$out_dir/"
+  cp magic/magic.wasm "$out_dir/"
+  echo "Copied magic.js + magic.wasm into npm/$variant/"
+}
+
+case "$OPT_VARIANT" in
+  tcl|notcl) build_variant "$OPT_VARIANT" ;;
+  both)      build_variant notcl
+             build_variant tcl ;;
+esac
+
+# --- optional test -----------------------------------------------------------
+# Runs the same smoke test that CI runs (see .github/workflows/main-wasm.yml).
+# Run in a subshell so the cd does not leak into the --pack step below, which
+# relies on the script's working directory being unchanged.
+if [ $OPT_TEST -eq 1 ]; then
+  ( cd "$SCRIPT_DIR" && npm run test && npm run test:tcl )
+fi
+
+# --- optional pack -----------------------------------------------------------
+if [ $OPT_PACK -eq 1 ]; then
+  "$SCRIPT_DIR/pack.sh"
+  echo "npm package tarball created in npm/"
+fi